Home

Hyundai VF Owner`s manual

1. 4 39 iC Steering Wheel enee eter eee 4 41 8 Tilt and telescopic steering control lever 4 42 9 Heated steering wheel 0 00 4 42 10 Outside rearview mirror control 4 46 11 Outside rearview mirror folding 4 47 T ts ve vets 4 97 IS Wiper Wase 4 104 14 Headlight leveling device 4 102 15 Instrument panel illumination control V nnn nserornenreen i 4 49 16 Idle Stop and Go ISG OFF button 5 14 17 Manual transaxle shift lever Automatic transaxle shift lever 5 19 5 22 NOHIGUSCsDOX tecrvrsr ce ccntecuitta eevete teenie 7 72 if equipped OVF021001 Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E Gasoline 1 6L He NGI MOOG StIC Kener 7 44 2 Engine oil filler Cap aa 7 44 3 Engine coolant reservoir 7 46 4 Radiator cape ae n 7 47 5 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 48 6 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 49 7 Air cleanom e e e E E 7 51 8 Positive battery terminal 00 6 5 9 Negative battery terminal 00 6 5 10 Fuse DOXcirsscccevsccesvocesecsscvsstteesooeeers 7 73 if equipped OVF071002 OVF071001 Your vehicle at a glance E Diesel Engine 1 7L MENNE OA pS sess eees 7 44 2 Engine OMe rean 7 44 3 Engine coolant reservoir 7 46 4Radiatorcap meea 7 47 5 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 48 6 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 49 Te BUGU TIN
2. i 7 Ge Button Displays the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 8 Glee aa Sisal e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to par ent folder of the current folder and dis play the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed 9 amp Knob e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode VF_AC100DFE_CDP VF_AC600DFE_CDC 10 CD Eject Button Push WPB button for less than 0 8 seconds to eject the CD during CD play back This button is enabled when igni tion switch is off e ALL EJECT CD Changer AC600DFE AC610DFE Press this button for more than 0 8 sec onds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 11 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audi
3. A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance OHMO078060 G07 Front windshield wiper blade 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then pull 3 Install the blade assembly in the 1 Raise the wiper arm down the blade assembly and remove it reverse order of removal 4 Return the wiper arm to the original NOTICE position Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Maintenance r m OED076040 Rear window wiper blade 2 Install the new blade assembly by 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the inserting the center part into the slot in wiper blade assembly the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the wiper blade Maintenance BATTERY OVF071017 For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep th
4. 9 18kg ISOFIX lower anchorage Top Tether CRS Manufacturer information FAIR http www fairbimbofix com Britax R mer http www britax com Safety system of your vehicle AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag j 4 vw on on 5 Driver s knee air bag z gt 6 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF 3 1 switch f i if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVF031069 OYN039026 Safety system of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collisio
5. ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant concentration level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter sea son and before traveling to a colder cli mate Checking the coolant level A WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in seri ous personal injury from escap ing hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Continued Maintenance OVF071006 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water Bring the level to F MAX but do not ove
6. Fuse Switch OVF041073 The notice appears to inform the driver to turn on the fuse switch in the instrument panel under the steering wheel For more details refer to Fuses in sec tion 7 Check active air flap system E Type A H Type B Check Active Air Flap System OVF041074 The notice appears to inform the driver when e The flaps malfunction e The active air flap controller malfunc tions e The air flaps are not opened in a con dition that has to be opened When all of the above conditions are fixed the warning will disappear NOTICE e The above warning message may appear even though the active air flap has not malfunctioned Please check for foreign matter or if the flap has frozen e In winter the warning may not illumi nate immediately Features of your vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Key is not in vehicle E Type A E Type B Koy is not in vehicle OVF041075 If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start stop button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illumi nates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected E Type A Koy is not detected OVF041076 If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the engin
7. MM position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the position is selected air conditioning if equipped will also be selected automatically If the air conditioning and or outside fresh air position are not selected auto matically press the corresponding button manually Features of your vehicle OVF041165 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the hottest position 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically OVF041166 Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the W button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning is not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button manually If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OVF041167 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the hottest HIGH position 3 Press the W button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Feat
8. e The search for a parking space will be completed only when there is enough space for the vehicle to move to park NOTICE e When searching for a parking space the system may not be able to find a parking space if there is no vehicle parked a parking space is available after driving by or a parking space is available before driving by The system may not operate normally in the following conditions 1 When the sensors are frozen 2 When the sensors are dirty 3 When it snows or rains heavily 4 When a pillar or object is near OLM041273 NOTICE Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 50cm 150cm 19 6in 59 0in with the parked vehicles If not within the distance the system may not be able to search for a parking space A CAUTION After searching for a parking space is completed continue using the system after checking the sur rounding area OVF041117 A CAUTION While using the Smart Parking Assist System if the Auto Hold acti vates the above message will appear Turn the Auto Hold opera tion off When you cancel the Auto Hold operation by depressing the accelerator pedal always check the surrounding area near your vehicle Features of your vehicle E Right side parallel mode E Left side parallel mode OVF041109 4 Search complete While driving forward to search for a parking space the above message will appear with a beep sound if the se
9. 1 MINI PLUG 3 PTC Heater Relay 2 MINI PLUG 4 PTC Heater Relay 3 MINI PLUG Maintenance r LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the head light assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle NOTICE After driving in heavy rain or washing the vehicle headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Headlight Low High smart corner ing light and turn signal light Smart cornering Low 1 Turn off the engine and open the hood 2 Remove the front bumper 3 Remove the headlight assembly from the body of t
10. AKI 87 90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehi cle Except Europe Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON Research Octane Number 91 AKI Anti Knock Index 87 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling Introduction SS A CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control sys tem s oxygen sensor and affect emission control Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details Leaded if equipped For some countries your vehicle is designed to use leaded gasoline When you are going to use leaded gasoline ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer whether leaded gasoline in your vehicle is available or not Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is same with unleaded one Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may
11. Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press down and release the switch Features of your vehicle NOTICE If the power window does not operate normally the automatic power window system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the driver s window and contin ue pulling up the driver s power win dow switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed OUN026013 Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch T
12. Check stop lamp fuse E Type A E Type B OVF041086 When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds in ACC Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators Instrument cluster All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention The following warning and indicators are introduced in the previous pages e Automatic transaxle shift lever indica tor e Manual transaxle shift indicator e Icy road warning e Door tailgate open LCD display e Heated steering wheel ON OFF LCD display e Parking assist warning LCD display e Low tire pressure LCD display Seat belt warning and chime light K As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening For more details refer to the Seat belt in section 3 Features of your vehicle Air bag warning light Os ry This warning light will illuminate for approximat
13. Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position Type B The rearview camera may be turned off by pressing the ON OFF button when the rearview camera is activated To turn the camera on again press the ON OFF button again when the ignition switch is on and the shift lever in R Reverse Also the camera will turn on automatically whenever the ignition switch is turned off and on again NOTICE The warning Warning Check sur roundings for safety will appear on the rearview display when the rearview camera is activated Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER a N OVF061001 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the park
14. e Always follow the instructions for installation and use of the child restraint maker e Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat e Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior e Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Safety system of your vehicle Continued Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious i
15. km or mi This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 km 0 0 to 9999 9 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 S OVF041050 e OVF041051 LCD display The Trip computer User setting Warnings etc are displayed on the LCD display To change between groups press the DISP button To change between modes in groups press the DISP button Features of your vehicle Trip computer Distance to empty lt E Type A The trip computer is a microcomputer y controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving Average fuel economy when the ignition switch is in the ON Instant fuel economy position All stored driving information except odometer distance to empty and y instant fuel economy resets if the battery Average speed is disconnected y Elapsed time OVF041054 if equipped E Type A Press the DISP button to change between modes OVF041055 Distance to empty km or mi This mode indicates the estimated dis tance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel When the remaining dis tance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed The meter s working range is from 50 to 999 km 30 to 999 miles Features of your vehicle E Type A l aie fh 24
16. oxidizes and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas temperature In this particular case the amount of soot is out of detection limit the soot oxidation process by engine control system may not happen and the malfunction indicator light may blink When the malfunction indicator light blinks it may stop blinking by driving the vehicle at more than 60km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes temebeocesea Maintenance ee If the malfunction indicator light contin ues to be blinked in spite of the proce dure please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and then check the DPF system If you continue to drive with the malfunc tion indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can c
17. service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury A WARNING e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera
18. the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter use only a genuine HYUNDAI replacement or its approved equivalent Features of your vehicle Cup holder Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders A WARNING Hot liquids e Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehi e To reduce the risk of personal Front Rear or collision do not place uncov rest 2 ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion A WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode cle S OVF041178 s OVF031019 injury in the event of sudden stop To use the cup holder open the cover 1 To use the cup holder pull down the arm Features of your vehicle Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running A CAUTION e Use power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off coul
19. the tailgate handle Smart key precautions NOTICE e If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro tect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of the following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer F eatures of your vehicle CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty OVF041215 Door lock unlock in an emer gency situation If the smart key does not operate normal ly you can lock or unlock the doors by using the mechanical key 1 Press and hold the release button 1 and remove
20. thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety system of your vehicle e When the air ventilation seat is turned on the seat may get cooler after about 5 minutes e The air ventilation seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned to the ON position OVF031015 Air ventilation seat if equipped The air ventilation is provided to cool the front seats during hot weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the sur face of the seats and seatbacks While the engine is running push the rear por tion of the switch to cool the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat When the operation of the air ventilation is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the switch the air flow will change as follows OFF HIGH 28 15 H gt MIDDLE 28 1 gt LOW IE Safety system of your vehicle OVF031016 Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and drivers seatbacks Rear seat Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Pull up the seatback recline lever 2 Hold
21. you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants If you must drive with the tailgate open keep the air vents and all win dows open so that additional out side air comes into the vehicle A WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained Power tailgate if equipped 1 Power tailgate open button 2 Power tailgate handle switch 3 Power tailgate close button NOTICE The power tailgate operates when e Manual shift lever is in neutral e Automatic shift lever is in P Park A WARNING Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Children or animals might operate the power tailgate that could result in injury to themselves or others or damage the vehicle A WARNING Make sure there are no people or objects around the tailgate before operating the power tailgate Wait until the tailgate is opened fully and stopped before loading or unload ing cargo or passengers from the vehicle Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not close or open the power tail gate manually This may cause dam age to the power tailgate If it is nec essary to close or open the power tailgate manually when the battery is discharged or d
22. your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Do not carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Do not let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go es sala Bach eis Sots a Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period e Do not lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a
23. 149 mph Z Above 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years based on the manufacturing date tire strength and performance decline with age naturally even unused spare tires Therefore the tires including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2011 Maintenance SS 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric are in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not
24. 2 When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green 3 The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal 4 If EPB is applied Auto Hold will be released and the indicator will change to white Leaving If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in R Reverse D Drive or sports mode the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move The indicator changes from green to white B DAR Light off AN OVF051051 Cancel To cancel the Auto Hold operation press the Auto Hold switch The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill press the Auto Hold switch while depressing the brake pedal Driving your vehicle NOTICE e The Auto Hold does not operate when The driver s seat belt is unfastened and driver s door is opened The engine hood is opened The tailgate is opened The shift lever is in P Park The EPB is applied e For your safety the Auto Hold auto matically switches to EPB in such cases The driver s seat belt is unfastened and driver s door is opened The engine hood is opened The tailgate is opened The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes The vehicle is standing on a steep slope The vehicle moved several times In these cases the brake warning light comes on the AUT
25. Always visually check in front and behind the vehicle when driving Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis When you shift the gear to the R Reverse position and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a mal function in the rear parking assist sys tem e You don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently F M is displayed if equipped blinks If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible eatures of your vehicle SMART PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM X OLM041270 The Smart Parking Assist System helps drivers park their vehicle by using sen sors to measure parallel parking spaces control the steering wheel to semi auto matically park the car and provide instruction on the LCD display to help through parking SPAS IF EQUIPPED NOTICE The vehicle will not stop for pedestri ans or objects that may be in its path so the driver must monitor the maneuver Use the system only in parking lots and places used for parking The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are planning to park or if it is a diagonal parking space After parking your vehicle using the system the vehicle may not be parked at the exact spot you have wished For example the space
26. Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The highly efficient automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are select ed automatically depending on the posi tion of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module O20 VU U Z 9 V wip Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting If the shift lock system is not equipped it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal However it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle m Press the lock release button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OVF051005 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a A CAUTION The indicator lights in the instrument forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to y
27. HEEB Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device e To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 4 GB Button REPEAT e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder e To cancel REPEAT press this button again 5 GEES Button SCAN Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN play press this button again INFO SETUP PTY V FOLDER m ee 6 MEJ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total File Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle 8 amp Knob ply e Turn this knob clockwise to browse O rover songs after current song or counter e clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode VF_EU_USB 7 GIMS Button e Press R button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to par ent folder display the first
28. Power Outside Mirror 21 7 5A MODULE 5 MODULE 5 Active Air Flap Unit Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH RH Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Sport Mode Switch Key Solenoid Maintenance is No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component 22 20A IG1 IG1 E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 Instrument Cluster Front Seat Warmer Switch LH RH ee 10A MODULES MODULE Adaptive Front Lighting Module Electric Parking Brake Module 24 10A MDPS MDPS EPS Control Module Door Lock Unlock Relay ICM Relay Box Dead Lock Relay 23 BUS Pir heres Driver Passenger Door Lock Actuator Rear Door Lock Actuator LH RH FRT Driver Passenger CCS Control Module 26 1A ay SATE RERT Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Modul Driver Passenger Door Lamp Overhead Console Lamp Portable Lamp Room Lamp 27 10A INTERIOR INTERIOR LAMP Glove Box Lamp Luggage Lamp Driver Passenger Foot Lamp Trunk Room Lamp Rear Personal Lamp LH RH Vanity Lamp LH RH 28 15A eon MULTI MEDIA Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit DC DC Converter Audio 29 15A ar A BAG SRS Control Module 30 10A CURTAIN CURTAIN Rear Curtain Module Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Rear Curtain Module 31 7 5A MEMORY 1 MEMORY 1 Tilt Sensor A C Control Module BCM Ultrasonic Instrusion Protection Sensor Siren Driver IMS Module Power Outside Mirror Switch 32 7 5A e A BAG IND Instrument Cluster 33 7 5A O PDM 3 Smart Ke
29. Reins 5 in the reverse order o same rating remova 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance Fuse Relay panel description Inside the fuse relay box covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Driver s side panel Engine compartment Diesel only OVF071025 OVF071026 OVF07 1028 OVF071027 NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle refer to the fuse box label Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component 1 20A TOWER E 2 Console Power Outlet Rear Power Outlet 2 30A a T Power Tail Gate Smart Key Control Module BCM Audio AMP JBL AMP A V amp Navigation Head Unit 3 10A MODULE 1 MODULE 1 DC DC Converter Audio AMP Over Head Console Lamp Parking Guide System Power Outside Mirror Switch a er E Se Ne 5 75A mooues MODULES Diverpassenger CCS Control Module ICM Relay Box Headlamp Washer Relay 6 15A eye AEE q4 Front Power Outlet 7 20A Z P SEAT PASS Passenger Manual Switch 8 10A Gs HTD MIRR Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror ECM PCM A C Control Module 9 25A AMP AMP AMP JBL AMP DC DC Converter AMP 2S ee eee ee n zsa ACON Diesel Box PTC Heater Relay 2143 AIC Control Module 12 15A kip eles aoe Steering W
30. The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to Gauges in the following pages OVF041040 OVF041041 Features of your vehicle Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour E Left Hand drive type E Type A OVF041043 E Type B OVF041042 Instrument panel illumination The instrument panel illumination intensi ty can be adjusted as follows e Ignition switch in the ON position e Parking light or headlight on e Pushing the control switch up or down OVF041043L E Type C The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD display OVF041043N Features of your vehicle E Gasoline Engine A CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the 130 H position it indicates over heating that may damage the engine OVF041044 OVF041045 Tachometer Engine coolant temperature gauge The tachometer indicates the engine This gauge shows the temperature of the speed in revolutions per minute rpm engine coolant when the ignition switch Use the tachometer to select the correct is ON shift points and to prevent lugging and or Do not continue driving with an overheat over revving the engine ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 A CAUTION Do not operat
31. Vehicle identification number VIN ereeereerererrerereere 8 8 Vehicle weight eee errr errr errr t reer rere rr errr errr errr reer 5 82 W Washer fhiig sissssstscees ccesscescesescnnsreteats iso sesseteuscs scesecteze cedex 7 49 Weight ANIC VOLUME s000s sessacseseccescecsneceacocenssssesoaessnense 8 4 Welcome system eee rte r teeter terre errr etree reer err rery 4 1 10 Windows sassresserisrescetesssncessnsrsasreminsnsarssser ardt iiade ranee aniis 4 26 Windshield defrosting and defoggingeeereeereereeeeeee 4 133 Winter driving eee etter treet rrr rte terete rer terre rrr rrr r rrr 5 69 Wiper blades eeesaees tiesscnccseeee sacs sus ecess uE re susie sieeotarseeeeeze 7 55 Wipers and washers sesesesesssosososssessessssosssessossssossseessssosens 4 104
32. WARNING Refueling e If pressurized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap e Do not top off after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling e Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an acci dent WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all warning post ed at the gas station facility e Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of
33. a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A Vehicle s equipped with audio system Driver s temperature control button Front windshield defroster button Air conditioning button Mode selection button Fan speed control knob AUTO automatic control button OFF button Dual temperature control selection button 9 Air intake control button 10 Climate control information screen selection button 11 Passenger s temperature control button 12 Climate control display ONOTKR WD OVF041150 OVF041151 Ueweieoeeted Features of your vehicle OVF041152 Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature to the desired temp
34. a problem with the system Lane Departure Warning System do one of the following LDWS e Turn the system on after turning the The system can be converted to LKA engine off and on again to LDW at the User setting mode e Check if the ignition switch is in the ON Refer to User setting in section 4 position e LDWS alerts the driver with a visual e Check if the system is affected by the and audible warning when the system weather ex fog heavy rain etc detects the vehicle straying from its e Check if there is foreign matter on the lane camera lens e f the LDWS is operating the indicator white will illuminate If the problem is not solved have the The steering wheel will not be con vehicle checked by an authorized trolled HYUNDAI dealer Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehi cle as economically as possible use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Do not make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Do not race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you do not have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy tra
35. air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists pRB o AA y 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden when the air bag is active Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passengers seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child If your vehicle is equipped with the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch you can activate or deactivate the front passenger s air bag when necessary For more details please refer to 3 44 page eo W7 147 Air bag warning and indicator Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert y
36. and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a problem with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but with out the assistance of the anti lock brake Oe EBD system system sys Rare warning light If two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle s ABS and EBD system may have mal functioned Electronic brake force distribution In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work Also the EPS warning light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible EPEE APE Features of your vehicle ESP Electronic Stability Program indicator ee The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESP is on it monitors the driving conditions Unde
37. as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle 205 60R16 92V P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 60 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches N Use cheeses Maintenance S 92 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry V Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX16 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger cars The speed rating is part of the tire size designa tion on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe operating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 180 km h 112 mph T 190 km h 118 mph H 210 km h 130 mph V 240 km h
38. audio system until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system e Bluetooth compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth cellular phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth streaming enabled for example i e Menu FilemanagerMusic OptionPlay via Bluetooth e Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth cellular phone music streaming stop music play back on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Key matrix Class Comected lt Feliee Ri E al Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call Empty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SJele sa Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active z 2 Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR MODE Cenza KODE cancel NODE Garcell mope came PA OA Fica Foiea Bilal Speaker Speaker LONG Adaptation Adaptation F g 10sec Only English Only English SHORT Active Active Active Active LONG 10sec PEREA Before driving 5 3 Key
39. be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system A WARNING e A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat A WARNING To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries e Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries
40. belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING e No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from oper ating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack e When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly e Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of con trol and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage e When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily e Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning E Type A As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning light blinks again for approxi mately 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the sea
41. cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance SS Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Maintenance Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the
42. e OWNER S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle Please note that some models are equipped with Right Hand Drive RHD The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety system of your vehicle Features of your vehicle Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications amp Consumer information Index Introduction a How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Introduction iii HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must r
43. e Depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal if equpped with a manual transaxle e Shift into N Neutral if equpped with an automatic transaxle e Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel e Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 20 km h 12 mph e Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the cruise set indicator light will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move up the lever to RES located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed E Type A OVF051014 OVF051021 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the cruise CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up to RES It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph oa ei scl Sach lac Soles al Driving your vehicle To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Press the cruise CRUISE button the cruise indicator light will illumi nate e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps
44. e e E 5 Driver s knee air bag 7 6 Passengersitrontain bag arn e ae eesee 3 48 vA C ONtraldooMock UMOCK SWIM a erase cease erent 4 16 8 Power tailgate openibDu utont a a erereetees 4 21 gO ae r a Aa A ATERA 4 43 HORMStHUIME ME eUS ea aeee ea E A A a 4 48 Je KADIG ISENANA ononon aneno 4 53 ATA UCO MI E 5 53 Jeh REKNE EEIE SVAN UON goora 4 79 14 Smart parking assist system button ssesssnesrsiseneesensenenn 4 88 15 Hazardiwarningitlashor aaa 4 95 l6 Climate Cono Sye i Centerconsoleistoraga i m ra 18 GIOVE box mere e a E E ee 19 Cupiholder Ashtray m tees eee eee 20 Power outlet Cigarette lighter F 21 Steering wheel audio Controls m aA e 22 AUXSWSBiand POG ee E E E eee 23 Audio AVN SyStem a 5 ETO NS CANE orenen 25 Ignition switch or Engine start stop button 5 4 5 8 26 Electric parking brake EPB SW 5 31 Pf AO nelle AEU OIN cccecceneccccercanaconseceresceccencnanaenconncenncece 5 36 28 Electronic stability program ESP button 00 eerste 5 41 29 Cruise control switch Speed limiter switch 5 48 5 53 30 Sport mode button if equipped Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW m Left Hand drive type USS Sat Seeks rs OO TA TEA EE eer ees 3 2 2 Inside door handle aoeeoe 4 16 3 Power window switch eee 4 26 4 Power window lock Switch 4 29 5 Hood release lever 2 cceeccescerecees 4 30 6 Driver position memory seat
45. edge of the seat back Max Behind front seat to roof Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification on GDI engine Engine oil 1 6L 3 3 Z 3 48 US qt API Service SL or SM ACEA A5 or above drain and refill Gasoline Use the engine oils approved by Hyundai Motor Company Engine Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details Recommends 2 0L 4 0 1 4 22 US qt MPI engine shes API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above HELIA Diesel with DPF 5 3 1 5 60 US qt ACEA C3 Motor oils 1 7L Engine without DPF 5 3 5 60 US qt ACEA B4 1 6L 1 8 1 91 Gasoline 1 90 2 01US qt Engine 2 0L 1 91 201 Manual l 2 01 2 11 US qt API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 transaxle fluid High 1 8 1 91 Diesel 7 g 1 90 2 01US qt Engine i bow 1 91 2 01 2 01 2 11 US qt MICHANG ATF SP IV Automatic Gasoline Engine 7 1 1 7 50 US qt SK ATF SP IV transaxle fluid p A NOCA ATF SP IV Diesel Engine 7 1 1 7 50 US qt HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP IV 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8 6 page 2 Engine oils labeled
46. exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 14 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differ ences in road characteristics and cli mate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade N iets Sea Maintenance i Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Thos
47. for leaks or damage e Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid e Check headlight alignment e Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals Check the brake and clutch fluid level Maintenance I SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas e Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads e Driving in mountainous areas e Extended periods of idling or low speed operation e Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot
48. for the object is close to your vehicle Features of your vehicle To cancel the system while parking m Manual transaxle Press the Smart Parking Assist System CAUTION button or turn the steering wheel to the Always check the surrounding left or right before releasing the brake pedal OVF041114 m Automatic transaxle OVF041111 Gear shift while steering wheel control When the above message appears with a beep sound shift the gear and drive the vehicle with the brake pedal depressed Features of your vehicle OVF041112 6 Smart Parking Assist System com pleted Complete parking your vehicle according to the instructions on the LCD display If required manually control the steering wheel and complete parking your vehicle NOTICE The brake pedal must be depressed by the driver while parking your vehicle The system may be cancelled in the below conditions e Ignoring the gear shift message and drive the vehicle approximately 150cm 59in e The front and rear Parking Assist System warning sound distance from object is within 30cm continuous beep is heard at the same time e 6 minutes have passed since the vehi cle has been controlled by the Smart Parking Assist System e The shift lever is changed to the P Park or R Reverse position while searching for parking space Pork Assist Cancetied Pork Marwally OVF041113 Additional instructions messages When the Smart
49. front air bags drivers and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment n OED036099 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions Safety system of your vehicle Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit OVF031061 Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curta
50. halfway and push it down Make sure the hood is locked securely _ OVF041024 Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly OVF041023 hood slightly push up the secondary latch 1 inside of the hood center and lift the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely by itself after it has been raised halfway Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Z OVF041025 Opening the fuel filler lid 1 To open the lid press the edge of the lid NOTICE The lid will open only when a door is unlocked If the theft alarm system is activated the fuel filler lid will not open OVF041026 2 Fully open the lid 3 To open the cap turn it counterclock wise 4 Refuel as needed NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 To close the lid press the edge of the lid Make sure it is securely closed Features of your vehicle A
51. height 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driv ing Heated steering wheel if equipped With the ignition switch in the ON posi tion pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate and notify you on the LCD display To turn the heated steering wheel off press the button once again The indica tor on the button will turn off and notify you on the LCD display NOTICE The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on F eatures of your vehicle CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system OVF041033 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window i
52. is desired turn the air conditioning system on OVF041146 OVF041144 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle Turn the knob to select the desired mode Features of your vehicle Face Level B D F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D C E F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E F Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OVF041145 MAX A C Level The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OVF041143 Temperature control The te
53. is pressed it will wen the At tune to the next higher station 5 Button amp GM Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e If the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease e Depending on the model if the ignition switch is not on ACC or ON position the Battery Discharge warning appears on LCD after 10 seconds of power up and automatically turns off after 1 hours of operation 2 3 5 6 VF_EU_RADIO 6 PRESET Buttons Press SEED mB butions less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button Press GB GEG buttons more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep AST DARK Q INFO SETUP YA VF_EU_RADIO 7 Button AUTO STORE When the button is pressed it automati cally selects and saves channels with high reception rate to PRESET buttons ZEH E and plays the channel saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved after AST it will play the previous channel e Saves only to the Preset memory 1 6 of FMA or AMA mode in some models 8 FIGLE Button Turn the LCD Display amp Backlight ON OFF when button press Features of your vehicle AST DARK J wFO SETUP n 9 x FOLDER A 9 YA VF_EU_RADIO 4 9 Button e Moves RAHAS button when search ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program Type selection e Moves RAHAAN button whe
54. light switch The fog lights will turn on when 1 Park light is on NOTICE 2 The front fog light switch is on To turn on the rear fog light switch the ignition switch must be in the ON position Features of your vehicle Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will turn off the dedicat ed lamp when 1 The parklight or headlight low beam switch is ON 2 The engine is OFF m Left hand drive type 7 yV OVF041130 Headlight leveling device if equipped Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passen gers and the loading weight in the lug gage area turn the beam leveling switch The higher the number of the switch is positioned the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position or headlights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list Loading condition Switch position Driver only 0 Driver Front passenger 0 Full passengers including driver 1 Fu
55. limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that c
56. malfunctions the passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator will not illuminate The pas senger s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even if the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position If this occurs have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety system of your vehicle SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com 10719151413 OVF031042 ponents 1 Passenger s front air bag module Side air bag modules Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assemblies Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors 9 OANOaBRW PD Driver s front air bag module Side impact sensors 10 Driver s knee air bag module 11 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator 12 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all ele ments while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a frontal near frontal impact or side impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position afte
57. manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance I Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly
58. need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Tread wear indicator OENO76053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 in of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire A WARNING Replacing tires Driving on worn out tires is very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and trac tion Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capa bility Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and performance of your vehi cle which could lead to han dling failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity Continued Maintenance Continued e The use of any other tire size or type may seriously affect ride handling ground clear ance stopping distance body to tire clearance snow tire clearance and speedometer reliability It is best to replace all four tires at the same
59. of your vehicle A CAUTION e This system can only sense objects within the range and loca tion of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up e Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limita tions Non operational conditions of parking assist system Parking assist system may not oper ate normally when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when moisture melts 2 Sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate nor mally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water Sensing range will return to normal when removed 4 The parking assist button is off There is a possibility of parking assist system malfunction when 1 Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads gravel bumps or gradient 2 Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes can inter fere with the sensor 3 Heavy rain or water spray 4 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor 5 Sensor
60. onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident Safety system of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OVF031056 OVF031057 OVF031058 OVF031059 OVF031060 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor front 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side impact sensor rear if equipped Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING e Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bag or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury
61. pages in this section Features of your vehicle FM reception ONQSPI _ JBMO01 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM radio station B Mountains Oo o Unobstructed area Iron bridges JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from
62. passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch do not install a child restraint sys tem in the front passenger s seat A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front pas senger s seat reactivate the front passenger s air bag Safety system of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front and outboard rear seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protec tion than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations A WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags A WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental
63. positions 5 4 Engine start stop button 5 8 ISG Idle Stop and Go system 5 14 Manual transaxle 5 19 Automatic transaxle 5 22 Brake system 5 29 Cruise control system 5 48 Speed limit control system 5 53 Lane keeping assist system LKAS 5 56 Economical operation 5 63 Driving your vehicle Saal Special driving conditions 5 65 Winter driving 5 69 Trailer towing 5 73 Vehicle weight 5 82 Driving your vehicle A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately e Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out e Avoid idling the engine for prolong
64. prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Program ESP system off by press ing the ESP switch e After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control System The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine EPES PORE Maintenance S 3 Exh
65. producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system e Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint e After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED NOTICE F CAUTION In cold and wet climates the sunroof 2 may not work properly due
66. rapidly and repeatedly A CAUTION When operating the clutch pedal depress the clutch pedal down fully If you don t depress the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be dam aged or noise may occur Driving your vehicle Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into R Reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three sec onds then shift to the R Reverse position
67. refer to the navigation manual pro vided separately OVF041158 Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows While pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade Features of your vehicle ype Bouat Recirculated air position x NOTICE mype A With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in the position selected air from recirculated air position without air the passenger compart conditioning selected may cause fog ment will be drawn through ging of the windshield and side windows the heating system and and the air within the passenger com heated or cooled according partment may become stale to the function selected In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment CLIMATE OVF041159 Outside fresh air position ate rake control m Type A With the outside fresh air This is used to select the outside fresh position selected air air position or recirculated air position enters the vehicle from out To change the air intake control position side and is heated or push the control button cooled according to the function selected EPE EEE EEPE Features of your vehicle OVF041160 Fan speed c
68. repeater lights LED LED Front fog lights 35 H8L Rear fog light 21 H21W Stop and tail lights Outside LED LED Rear turn signal lights Outside 21 PY21W Rear Tail light Inside LED LED Back up lights Inside 16 W16W High mounted stop light LED LED License plate lights 5 W5W Map lamps 8 FESTON Type A 10 FESTON Room lamps Type B LED LED Interior Luggage lamp 5 FESTON Glove box lamp 5 FESTON Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTON HID High Intensity Discharge AFLS Adaptive Front Lighting System Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar psi kPa gt Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load Maximum load kgem Ibeft Nem Front Rear Front Rear 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 205 60R16 AOIG 33 230 33 230 33 230 33 230 Full size tire 215 50R17 7 5Jx17 24 24 2 4 2 4 9 11 225 45R18 8 0Jx18 35 240 35 240 85 240 35 240 65 79 88 107 Compact T125 80D16 4 0Tx16 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 spare tire T135 80D17 4 0Tx17 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 WEIGHT AND VOLUME Item Gasoline 1 6L Gasoline 2 0L Diesel 1 7L Gross vehicle weight M T 2030 4475 2050 4519 2120 4673 kg Ibs A T 2080 4585 2150 4739 Luggage volume Min 553 19 5 l cu ft Max 1719 60 7 M T Manual transaxle A T Automatic transaxle Min Behind rear seat to upper
69. song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE e Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation e The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system e If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual e An iPod may not operate normally on low battery e Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capabili ty such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE e The Hyundai iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Hyundai vehicles The Hyundai iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Hyundai Dealership e When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted e When ad
70. the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Lumbar support if equipped OVF031008 The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the seat 1 Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support 2 Release the switch once it reaches the desired position Safety system of your vehicle OPA039052 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision OVF031009 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety system of your vehicle OVF031010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desi
71. the airflow in the vehicle If you push the button once the corresponding switch will turn on and if you push the button again the switch will turn off PEPPRA EEPE sea Features of your vehicle e pe Face Level B D F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet e g Floor Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor e 7 Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield Also you may select 2 3 modes at the same time face Wi face j floor J face ji mode floor 5 mode defrost 4 mode defrost 4 mode floor defrost 7 woo OVF041155 Maximum MAX defrost mode When you select the MAX defrost mode the following system will set automatically e The air conditioning system will be turn on e The outside fresh air position will be selected e The fan speed will set to the high speed To turn the MAX defrost mode off press the mode button or MAX defrost button again or AUTO button E Front Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle E Type B 2 Operate the driver side temperature control
72. the lever and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OPA039053 Headrest The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occu pant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safety system of your vehicle OVF031017 OVF03101 Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation To raise the headrest pull it up to the To remove the headrest raise it as far as desired position 1 To lower the head it can go then press the release button rest push and hold the release button 2 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 on the headrest support and lower the To reinstall the headrest put the head headrest to the desired position 3 rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety system of your vehicle Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback La OVF031020 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm rear seats During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat war
73. the mechanical key 2 2 Insert the key into the hole of the out side door handle Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock 3 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED SECURITY SYSTEM 0JC040170 Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm sys tem will have a label attached to the vehi cle with the following words 1 WARNING 2 SECURITY SYSTEM Armed Ve ae Disarmed Theft alarm lt stage stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Using the smart key Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and tailgate are closed and latched 3 e Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handle with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If the tailgate or engine hood rem
74. the proper front seat forward position 4 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death A WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly If the seatback is returned without holding it the back of the seat could spring for ward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback or put luggage on the rear seat cush ion insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback or luggage CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help ke
75. the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings mountains or other obstruc tions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Features of your vehicle e Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station e Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 JBM005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicl
76. tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfun
77. tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and pro cedures could increase the risk of personal injury e If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety system of your vehicle Additional safety precautions e Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor e Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle e Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision e Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash e Passengers should not place ha
78. to Distributing the sealant Then repeat steps 1 to 4 Use of the TireMobilityKit may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than approximately 4 mm 0 16 in Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealer or a workshop that works according to HYUNDAI repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the TireMobility Kit What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the TireMobilityKit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the TireMobilityKit away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make pass ing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle won t move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the TireMobilityKit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Before using the TireMobilityKit read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery e Never leave the TireMobilityKit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat e Do not use the TireMobilityKit if the ambient tempe
79. to adjust the driver side tem perature Operate the passenger side temperature control to adjust the pas senger side temperature m Driver s side m Passenger s side When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature the DUAL mode deacti vates for maximum heating or cooling OVF041156 Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger side The temperature will increase to the temperature individually maximum HIGH by holding the A but 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the ton driver and passenger side temperature The temperature will decrease to the individually Also if the passenger side minimum LOW by holding the button temperature control button is operat The temperature will increase or ed it will automatically change to the decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the DUAL mode as well lowest temperature the air conditioning will operate continuously Features of your vehicle Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side temperature control button The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally NOTICE e If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade e Vehicle s equipped with AVN system
80. to adjust the middle setting In this state turn the knob clockwise to increase the middle and counter clock wise to decrease the middle Based on middle frequency band the range of adjustment is max 10 min 10 MIDDLE 1 MIDDLE 0 gt MIDDLE 1 e TREBLE Control Press and turn the knob to adjust the treble setting In this state turn the knob clockwise to increase the treble and counter clock wise to decrease the treble Based on treble frequency band the range of adjustment is max 10 min 10 TREBLE 1 lt TREBLE gt TREBLE e FADER Control Press and turn the knob clockwise and counter clockwise to adjust the front rear volume levels In this state turn the knob clockwise to increase the front speaker volume and counter clockwise to increase the rear speaker volume The front rear can each be adjusted to F 10 R 10 FADER F 1 FADER F R gt FADER R 1 e BALANCE Control Press and turn the knob to adjust the left right volume set ting In this state turn the knob clockwise to decrease the left speaker volume and counter clockwise to decrease the right speaker volume The left right can each be adjusted to L 10 R 10 Features of your vehicle TA CO AUX 1 e Thatk aa Using CD Player 1 Button CD If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 EGLAS Button e Press SA button for less than 0 8 secon
81. to freez e Do not continue to move the sun ing conditions roof control lever after the sunroof e After a vehicle is washed or in a rain is fully opened closed or tilted storm be sure to wipe off any water Damage to the motor or system that is on the sunroof before operating components could occur it e Make sure the sunroof is fully closed when leaving your vehicle If the sunroof is opened rain or snow may leak through the sun roof and wet the interior as well as cause theft If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle NOTICE The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in the slide position but can slide while in a tilt position OYF049214 Sunshade e To open the sunshade pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position e To close the sunshade when the sun roof glass is closed push the sunroof control lever forward To stop the sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily IE a a F OVF041028 Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunr
82. to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the engine start stop button for more than 2 sec onds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by press ing the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion ACC Accessory Orange With manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal With automatic transaxle Press the engine start stop button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks if equipped with anti theft steering column lock and electrical accessories are operational If the engine start stop button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to pre vent battery discharge ON Blue With manual transaxle Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal With automatic transaxle Press the engine start stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the engine sta
83. vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance O_O CAUTION e Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards CAUTION e Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km 1 mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can
84. vehicle OVF041048 Manual transaxle shift indicator if equipped This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example A gt Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear When the system is not working proper ly the indicator is not displayed wa OVF041049 Automatic transaxle shift position indicator if equipped The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected OVF041090 Icy road warning light if equipped This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy when e Ignition ON e Temperature range below 4 C 39 2 F The warning light will blink for 10 sec onds and then illuminate Also the warn ing chime will sound approximately NOTICE If the icy road warning light appears while driving you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over speeding rapid acceleration sud den braking or sharp turning etc Features of your vehicle E Type A 000 123456km OVF041052 Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed E Type A Uaa A 123 4 OVF041053 Tripmeter
85. with a visual and audible warn ing while applying a slight counter steer ing torque trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM LKAS IF EQUIPPED A WARNING e The steering wheel is not contin uously controlled so if the vehicle speed is very fast when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be con trolled by the system e It is the responsibility of the driv er to drive safely e Do not steer the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system e LKAS prevents the driver from moving out of the lane uninten tionally by assisting the driver s steering However the driver should not solely rely on the sys tem but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane e Always check the road condition and surroundings and be cau tious when the system cancels does not operate or malfunc tions e Do not place any accessories stickers or tint the windshield near the rearview mirror Continued Continued e The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera therefore if the lane markers are hard to detect the system may not work properly Please refer to Driver s Attention Do not remove any LKAS parts or apply impact e Do not place objects on the dash board that reflects light such as mirrors white paper etc The sys tem may malfunction if the sun light is reflected e Loud au
86. 069009 e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 feet long Attach a white or red cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral e Release the parking brake e Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance e More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled e If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off CAUTION Automatic transaxle e If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neu tral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing e Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used What to do in an eme
87. 0L Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Brake clutch fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner NOOA ON Positive battery terminal Ko Negative battery terminal 10 Fuse box if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVF071001 Maintenance E Diesel Engine 1 7L Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Engine coolant reservoir Radiator cap Brake clutch fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Fuel filter AN OOA ON Air cleaner oO Positive battery terminal 10 Negative battery terminal 11 Fuse box if equipped K The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVF071003 Maintenance ee MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac tory trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result i
88. 2 sec onds and goes out when the engine start stop button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e When the battery is weak if the engine start stop button is pressed the indica tor will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button directly with the smart key Also if the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink PEPEES AOE Features of your vehicle Door ajar warning light a This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely Tailgate open warning light gas This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely Low fuel level warning i This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below O E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS has some problems If it comes on while driving have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer EPS Electronic Power Steering system warning light Turn signal indicator lights The blinking green arrow
89. 4 e If you try to drive off depressing the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied but doesn t release automatically a warning will sound and a message will appear e If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood or tailgate is opened a warning will sound and a message will appear e If there is a problem with the vehicle a warning may sound and a message may appear If the above situation occurs depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch Driving your vehicle CAUTION e A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is func tioning properly e When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet make sure to inform him her how to operate the EPB e The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied e When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelera tor pedal depress it slowly E Type A AUTO HOLD to be deactivated Press broke podoi When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear A CAUTION Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate E Type A E Type B Parking brake automatically locked Parking broke oufomaticaly locked OVF051045 If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated because of ESP Electro
90. 8 L 100km OVF041056 Average fuel economy if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average fuel economy reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consump tion is displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueling more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero You can activate or deactivate the feature resetting the average fuel economy after refueling more than 6 z Refer to User setting in this section E Type A OVF041057 Instant fuel economy if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty is an estimate of the available driving distance This value
91. A warning sound will be heard if an obstacle is detected e Press the Smart Parking Assist System button again for more than 2 seconds to turn off the system e The Smart Parking Assist System defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on E Right side E Left side parallel mode parallel mode OVF041107 2 Select parking assist mode e Select the parking assist mode by pressing the Smart Parking Assist System button with the shift lever in N Neutral or D Drive and the brake pedal depressed e The right side parallel mode is select ed automatically when the Smart Parking Assist System is activated e To select the left side parallel mode press the Smart Parking Assist System button once more e If the button is pressed again the sys tem will turn off E Left side parallel mode E Right side parallel mode 1203 3 Search for parking space e Slowly drive forward maintaining the distance of approximately 50cm 150cm 19 6in 59 0in with the parked vehicles The side sensors will search for a parking space e If the vehicle speed is over 30km h 18 6mph a message will appear to notify to reduce speed e If the vehicle speed is over 40km h 24 8mph the system will cancel Features of your vehicle NOTICE Turn on the hazard warning flasher if it is crowded with other vehicles e If the parking lot is small slowly drive more nearer to the parking space
92. AUTO is selected AF jump condition is determined automatically via PI reception status Select this item to enter Clock setup mode 12 24Hr Auto Time e 12 24 Hr Select 12 24 Hr button to enter Time Format menu e Auto Select Auto button to enter Automatic RDS Time menu e Time Select Time button to enter Time setting Adjust the hour and press the knob to set Adjust the minute and press the knob to complete and exit from clock adjustment mode Pressing the button more than 0 8 seconds while in power off screen will allow the user to make immediately adjustments to the clock e PHONE if equipped Select this item to enter PHONE setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed infor mation K PHONE menu is not available if the audio does not support Bluetooth features Features of your vehicle eros MPS VF_EU_RADIO 11 amp Knob Within the screen displayed after first pressing the knob turn the knob to select the mode The modes will change in order of BASS MIDDLE TREBLE lt gt FADER gt BAL ANCE e BASS Control Press and turn the knob to adjust the bass setting In this state turn the knob clockwise to increase the bass and counter clockwise to decrease the bass Based on bass frequency band the range of adjustment is max 10 min 10 BASS 1 BASS 0 gt BASS 1 e MIDDLE Control Press and turn the knob
93. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle does not start contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 2 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK OFF position check all connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized HYUNDAI deale
94. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age to the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the lowest temperature press the MAX A C posi tion selection button then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle X NOTICE When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditio
95. CC position twice by pressing the but ton repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Shift to P position E Type A E Type B PH SHFT Shut to P Position OVF041081 If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Press start button again E Type A E Type B Press stort bution again OVF041082 If you can not operate the engine start stop button when there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button once more The chime will stop if the engine start stop button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the engine start stop button take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
96. Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position e Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal e If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level e Check manual transaxle operation including clutch operation e Check automatic transaxle P Park function e Check parking brake e Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal Gee 2eee eee Maintenance my At least monthly Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses
97. Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings Diesel Particulate Filter Specifications amp Consumer information Lubricant Volume Classification 1 6L 6 8 7 18 US qt ixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant Engine 2 0L GDI 6 8 7 18 US qt i AT Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator MPI 6 9 7 29 US qt Diesel Engine 6 9 7 29 US qt Brake clutch fluid oeoa FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 US qt Fuel 70 18 49 US gal Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 Recommends Engine oil For Europe S pjli r Product PP Gasoline Engine GDI Diesel Engine SK ZIC LD5W 30 ZIC LS 5W 30 Chevron KIXX G1 LL KIXX D1 5W 30 QUARTZ HKS G 310 Total QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 HELIX ULTRA AH E 5W 30 Shell HELIX ULTRA 5W 40 HELIX ULTRA AP 5W 30 Fuchs TITAN SUPERSYN LONG LIFE 5W 30 40 Specifications amp Consumer information Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important
98. G Tea scccesecexcovecevsecesereetssecesesess 7 50 8 Aircloano te ee 7 51 9 Positive battery terminal 0 6 5 10 Negative battery terminal 6 5 MFUSE DON e 7 73 if equipped K The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVF071003 Seat 3 2 Seat belts 3 18 Child restraint system 3 29 Airbag supplemental restraint system 3 40 Safety system of your vehicle Safety system of your vehicle SEAT Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height 4 Lumbar support 5 Seat warmer Seat warmer with air ventilation 6 Headrest Rear seat 7 Seatback folding 8 Headrest 9 Armrest 10 Seat warmer if equipped Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats A WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback A WARNING Driver respon sibility for front seat pas senger Riding in a vehicle w
99. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly A CAUTION When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety system of your vehicle lt B210A01NF B200A01NF OVF031029 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button A in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again Safety system of your vehicle OED030300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s se
100. Lock Off The auto door lock operation will be canceled Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km h 9 3mph Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally locked if the shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive posi tion for automatic transaxle shift lever e Auto Door Unlock Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position for auto matic transaxle shift lever E Type A Lomp Bock Head Lamp Escort OVF041062 Lamp e Headlamp Escort On The Headlamp Escort and Headlamp Welcome function will be activated Off The Headlamp Escort and Headlamp Welcome function will be inactivated For details refer to Lighting in section 4 Features of your vehicle E Type A Settings Son O Alarm Function CE Mow isoo OVF041063 Settings e Language Choose a language you prefer within the LCD display e AVG Fuel Economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive after refuel ing e Alarm Function If the Alarm Function is checked The Alarm function on the transmitter and smart key will be activated e Welcome Sound for instrument
101. O HOLD indicator changes from green to white and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged Before driving off again press foot brake pedal check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release parking brake manually with the EPB switch Continued Continued e If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow the Auto Hold is not work ing properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked CAUTION If there is a malfunction with the dri ver s door engine hood or tailgate open detection system the Auto Hold may not work properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys tem checked Driving your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con
102. PPPS PP eee eee eee rer rerreerreeerreeeree cere reer errr reerrerre reer r ree 6 2 S Scheduled maintenance seryice eeesseessssesessesesseeseeeeseeseeee 7 9 Seat eee eee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ees 3 2 Seat belts eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee 3 18 Smart key eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee 4 9 Smart parking assist system eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 4 83 Special driving CONGILIONS o ressescessscrsescnseccnssacrscerssacense 5 65 Speed limit control system eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 5 53 Steering wheel eee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 4 41 Index O_O ggg Storage compartment ee eter terre errr errr eter reer rere 4 136 T Tailgate eee eet reer terre rrr rere tree errr rrr reer rer rer reer errr e errr 4 20 Theft alarm system eee ree eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee 4 12 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eeeereeereee 6 16 Tire specification and pressure label eteeereteeeeees 8 9 Tires and Wheels lt sesseceeeceeteeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenees 7 61 8 4 Towing P EET E A T TE E ET EE 6 26 Trailer towing eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee 5 73 V Vehicle break in process seeesnsesonssosnsossssosssesonsessnscosnesssssossse 1 5 Vehicle certification label eee eee reer err rr rey 8 8
103. Parking Assist System is operating a message may appear regardless of the parking order The messages will appear according to the circumstances Follow the instruc tions provided while parking your vehicle with the Smart Parking Assist System F eatures of your vehicle NOTICE In the below conditions the system will be cancelled Park your vehicle manually 1 Search for parking space When the ABS ESP is activated When the vehicle speed is over 40km h 24 8mph When you press the Smart Parking Assist System button the front and rear Parking Assist System operates When you shift the shift lever to R Reverse 2 Steering wheel control When the ABS ESP is activated When the vehicle speed is over 7km h 4 3 mph When you press the Smart Parking Assist System button the front and rear Parking Assist System operates When you shift the shift lever to D Drive before entering the parking space When you hold the steering wheel firmly OVF041115 System malfunction e If there is a problem with the system when the system is turned on the above message will appear Also the indicator on the button will not light up and a beep sound will be heard 3 times e If there is a problem with only the Smart Parking Assist System the Parking Assist System will operate after 2 seconds If you notice any problem have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible
104. REAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation _ EPE toeee aad Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER S Adaptive Front Lighting System AFLS malfunction indicator gt m1 rm A Seat belt warning light ABS warning light Front fog light indicator g Electronic stability program Air bag warning light Se ESP indicator nii Electronic stability program Rear fog light indicator Sam ESP OFF indicator AD Immobilizer indicator opel efelS a pau Low windshield washer fluid A Auto stop for ISG system Aa Door ajar Warning light level warning light indicator Tailgate open warning light lA Icy road warning light i ewed Cruise control indicator Low fuel level warning light Manual transaxle shift indicator OTEA Cruise SET indica
105. RT RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position stop the vehicle then press the engine start stop button With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the engine start stop button without the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop but ton will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Vehicles equipped with anti theft steering column lock The steering wheel locks when the engine start stop button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer In addition if the engine start stop button is in the OFF position after the driver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the engine start stop button will not work Press the engine start stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension Driving your vehicle A CAUTION You are able
106. Relay Box Front Deicer Relay 15 15A STOR RLY 12 HAC Relay Stop Signal Relay 16 20A E ICM Relay Box Head Lamp Washer Relay 17 20A Cey AA D4FD amp A T TCM 18 40A e W O Button Start Ignition Switch 1 With Button Start RLY 8 PDM 2 ACC Relay RLY 10 PDM 3 IG1 Relay 19 40A ray AN EMS Box FUSE 20 50A e I P Junction Box Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse F18 F25 F30 F34 F38 21 10A AICON SW A C Control Module 22 10A W PCM ECM 28 15A cy Oi A T TCM D4FD Transaxle Range Switch 24 10A B UP M T Back Up Lamp Switch A T Rear Combination Lamp IN LH RH LP Rear Curtain Module A V amp Navigation Head Unit Electro Chromic Mirror IPS Control Module 25 15A Cy Oi RLY 9 D4FD Start Relay ECM PCM Air Flow Sensor D4FD 26 10A ESP Control Module Maintenance O_O aaa Fuse rating Protected component 27 15A eats G4FD GANC Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser 28 15A F PUMP Fuel Pump Relay a G4FD ECM ce TBs A GaNa G4NC PCM A T ECM M T 30 10A SPARE SPARE 31 10A INJECTOR GANA Injector 1 2 3 4 G4FD ECM G4NA Fuel Pump Relay 32 ae Cm G4NC Fuel Pump Relay PCM A T ECM M T FUSE D4FD Oil Level Sensor Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve 33 20A oon G4NA Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser G4FD D4FD ECM G4NA G4NC PCM A T ECM M T G4FD Oil Control Valve 1 2 Oil Level Sensor E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 1 G4NA GANC Oil C
107. System 2866 2866 3307 2866 Maximum permissible static vertical load 60 60 70 60 on the coupling device kg Ibs 132 132 154 132 Recommended distance from rear wheel 1180 46 4 center to coupling point mm Inch M T Manual transaxle A T Automatic transaxle Driving your vehicle gt p a k om I Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the
108. T Low tire pressure posi tion telltale ey When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the cor responding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos sible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side cen ter pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with a spare tire After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire one of the fol lowing will happen e The TPMS malfunction indicator may blink for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuous ly illuminated because the TPMS sensor is not mounted on the spare wheel changed tire equipped with a sensor not in the vehicle e The TPMS malfunction indicator will remain continuously illuminated while driving because the TPMS sensor is not mounted on the spare wheel changed tire equipped with a sensor in the vehicle O Gee N EEEE What to do in an emergency CAUTION In winter or cold weath
109. T button is pressed The indicator light turns off when the SPORT button is pressed again For more details refer to Automatic transaxle in section 5 Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator E Type A E Type B cruise OFF OVF051028 The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled by pressing CRUISE button on the steering wheel The indicator goes off when the CRUISE button is pressed again to deactivate the system Cruise SET indicator E Type A m Type B cruise SET OVF051029 The indicator illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pressed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged For more details refer to Cruise control system in section 5 The cruise indicators illuminates on the LCD display Speed limiter indicator if equipped E Type A E Type B cy umit OFF OVF051024 The indicator illuminates when the speed limit control system is enabled by pressing button on the steering wheel The indicator goes off when the y button is pressed again to deacti vate the system E Type A OVF051027 If there is a problem with the speed limit control system the OFF indicator will blink If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible For more det
110. TICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Use ciecgiousdi Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tire chains are n
111. UAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED The shift lever can be moved without pushing the button 1 gt The button 1 must be pushed while moving the shift lever gt OVF051004 Manual transaxle operation e The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully syn chronized in all forward gears so shift ing to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished e Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal e The shift lever must return to the neu tral position before shifting into R Reverse The button located immedi ately below the shift knob must be pushed upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position e Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e When downshifting from 5 Fifth gear to 4 Fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadver tently move the shift lever side ways in such a manner that sec ond gear is engaged Such a dras tic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine may possi bly caus
112. When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear a OVF051007 Paddle shifter if equipped The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D Drive position or the sports mode EPE EA PEE Driving your vehicle With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 10km h Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode When the vehicle speed is lower than 10km h if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D Drive to sports mode and shift it from sports mode to D Drive again the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear NOTICE If you pull the and paddle
113. ack Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat A WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not prop erly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manu facturer s instructions for installa tion and use WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury A WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death A WARNING Child restraint anchorage e Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle e The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Safety system of your vehicle aa pag Enee ap OLM039035 Securing a child restraint system
114. ad and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the engine does not stop immedi ately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result A CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again Engine oil level warning light if equipped 7 ees The engine oil level warning light illumi nates when the engine oil level should be checked If the warning light comes on check the engine oil lev
115. aged or leaking parts immedi ately Maintenance a Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs for gasoline engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance for gasoline engine 1 6L Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the coo
116. ails refer to Speed limit control system in section 5 The speed limiter indicators illuminates on the LCD display oecieomesed Features of your vehicle LKAS Lane Keeping ne Assistant System yi indicator if equipped gt 4 The LKAS indicator will illuminate when you turn the lane keeping assistant sys tem on by pressing the LKAS button If there is a problem with the system the yellow LKAS indicator will illuminate For more details refer to LKAS in sec tion 5 TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator if equipped Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The low tire pressure and position tell tales illuminates when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated The TPMS malfunction indicator will illu minate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible For more details refer to the TPMS in sec tion 6 The low tire pressure position telltale illu minates on the LCD display Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warn ing E This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the ro
117. ains opened the hazard warning lights will not operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if the tailgate and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once Features of your vehicle e Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will operate once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tail gate and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once Using the transmitter Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key from the ignition switch 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and tailgate are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine hood remains opened the hazard warning lights will not operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tail gate and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once e Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passen ger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may b
118. aint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition Safety system of your vehicle Child Seat Restraint Suitability for Seat Position using the Seat Belt For Europe Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children When using the child safety seats refer to the following table Seating Position Age Group Front passenger Rear outboard Rear center O Upto 10kg 0 9 months U y X O Up to 13 kg 0 2 years U a x 9kg to 18 kg 9 months 4 years U 2 Il amp Ill 15 kg to 36 kg 4 12 years i x U Suitable for universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group Securing a child restraint seat with Tether Anchor system if equipped OVF031037 Child restraint hook holders are located on the floor behind the rear seats S afety system of your vehicle Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatb
119. ality gasolines including fuel additives regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km For Europe 5 000km Except Europe Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Diesel engine Diesel fuel Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard EN stands for European Norm Do not use marine diesel fuel heating oils or non approved fuel addi tives as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system The use of non approved fuels and or fuel additives will result in a limi tation of your warranty rights Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle If two types of diesel fuel are available use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following tem perature conditions e Above 5 C 23 F Summer type diesel fuel e Below 5 C 23 F Winter type diesel fuel Watch the fuel level in the tank very care fully If the engine stops through fuel fail ure the circuits must be completely purged to permit re
120. an a properly by moving it forward and backward appropriate gear depending on load belted occupant Do not attempt this procedure if weight and steepness of the grade and e Avoid high speeds when corner people or objects are anywhere release the parking brake Depress the ing or turning near the vehicle During the rocking accelerator gradually while releasing the e Do not make quick steering operation the vehicle may suddenly service brakes wheel movements such as sharp move forward of backward as it lane changes or fast sharp turns becomes unstuck causing injury e The risk of rollover is greatly or damage to nearby people or increased if you lose control of objects your vehicle at highway speeds e Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway e In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes e Never exceed posted speed lim its Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not run
121. an be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rat ing This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label Overloading Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine does not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 5 If the engine overheats 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 8 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 16 If you have a flat tire with TireMobilityKit 6 21 Towing 6 26 Emergency commodity 6 30 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Press the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not Vi ovFo61001 e The turn signals do not work when the Hazard warning flasher hazard flasher is on The hazard warning flasher serves asa The haz
122. an still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Maintenance r Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower d
123. approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked with a transmitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK OFF position The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position The map lamp and room lamp will go out immediately if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked e X The lamps are off even if a door is opened NOTICE When the lamp is turned on by pressing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even if the switch 2 is in the OFF posi tion Features of your vehicle d I OVF041135 OHG040128 Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Luggage room lamp Opening the cover of the vanity mirror will The luggage room lamp comes on when automatically turn on the mirror lamp the tailgate is opened Room lamp Press the button to turn the light on or off Features of your vehicle OVF041136 Glove box lamp The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and tailgate are locked and closed the headlight position light and tail light will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e With
124. arch is complete Stop the vehicle and shift to the R Reverse position CAUTION e Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied e If the parking space is to small the system may be cancelled at the Steering wheel control stage Do not park your vehicle if the space is too small OVF041110 5 Steering wheel control e The above message will appear if the shift lever is in R Reverse The steer ing wheel will be controlled automati cally e The system will be cancelled if you firmly hold the steering wheel while it is controlled automatically e The system will be cancelled if vehicle speed is over 7km h 4 3mph A CAUTION e Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied e Always check for objects around your vehicle before driving e If the vehicle does not move even though the brake pedal is not depressed check the surround ing before depressing the accel erator pedal Be sure not to speed over 7km h 4 3mph NOTICE e If you do not follow the instructions provided you may fail to park your vehicle However if the Parking Assist System warning sound distance from object is within 30cm continuous beep occurs slowly drive the vehicle to the reverse direction of the detected object after checking the surrounding e Always check the surrounding before driving your vehicle if the Parking Assist System warning sound dis tance from object is within 30cm con tinuous beep is heard
125. ard warning flasher should warning to other drivers to exercise always be on while the vehicle is being extreme caution when approaching towed overtaking or passing your vehicle What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing e If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place e If your vehicle has a manual transaxle not equipped with a ignition lock switch the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 Second or 3 Third gear and then turning the starter with out depressing the clutch pedal If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
126. are Changing tires tire 1 Park on a level surface and apply Turn the tire hold down wing bolt 1 the parking brake firmly counterclockwise 2 Shift the shift lever into R Store the tire in the reverse order of Reverse with manual transaxle removal or P Park with automatic To prevent the spare tire and tools transaxle from rattling while the vehicle is in 3 Activate the hazard warning flash motion store them properly er What to do in an emergenc OVF061005 OVF061004 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position What to do in an emergenc OVF061007 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OVF061008 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loo
127. arview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment seco EE EE Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS A WARNING Driving under A WARNING the influence of alcohol or e When you intend to park or stop drugs the vehicle with the engine on be Drinking and driving is dangerous careful not to depress the accel Drunk driving is the number one erator pedal for a long period of contributor to the highway death time It may overheat the engine toll each year Even a small amount or exhaust system and cause fire of alcohol will affect your reflexes e When you make a sudden stop or perceptions and judgement turn the steering wheel rapidly Driving while under the influence of loose objects may drop on the OED046001 drugs is as dangerous or more dan floor and it could interfere with gerous than driving drunk the operation of the foot pedals You are much more likely to have a possibly causing an accident serious accident if you drink or Keep all things in the vehicle take drugs and drive safely stored If you are drinking or taking drugs e If you do not focus on driving it don t drive Do not ride with a driv may cause an accident Be care er who h
128. as been drinking or taking ful when operating what may dis drugs Choose a designated driver turb driving such as audio or or call a cab heater It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely OTF050001 Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 sec onds when the door is closed Driving your vehicle Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition key to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you
129. at belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt gl 8KMB3311 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module Safety system of your vehicle NOTICE e When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous e Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition key is turned to ON or i
130. ation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety system of your vehicle m Type A Note that these government warnings bere focus on the risk of children We also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to which have been described in previous pages Air bag warning label if equipped Air bag warning labels are attached to alert driver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system Keys 4 3 Remote keyless entry 4 5 Smart key 4 9 Theft alarm system 4 12 Door locks 4 15 Tailgate 4 20 Windows 4 26 Hood 4 30 Features of your vehicle fa Fuel filler lid 4 32 Panorama Sunroof 4 35 Driver position memory system 4 39 Steering wheel 4 41 Mirrors 4 44 Instrument cluster 4 48 Parking assist system 4 79 Smart parking assist system 4 83 Rearview camera 4 94 Hazard warning flasher 4 95 Lighting 4 96 Wipers and washers 4 104 Interior light 4 108 Welcome system 4 110 Defroster 4 111 Manual climate control system 4 112 Automatic climate control system 4 121 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 133 Storage compartment 4 136 Interior features 4 140 Exterior features 4 151 Audio system 4 153 a Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number The key code number is gill stamped on the bar Aa code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this numb
131. ation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tire 2 Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don t press the gauge in firmly 3 A firm non leaking push will activate the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge to know whether the tire pressure is low or high 5 Adjust the tire pressures to the speci fied pressure Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 6 Reinstall the inflation valve cap Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 5 Owner maintenance 7 7 Scheduled maintenance service 7 9 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 41 Engine oil 7 44 Engine coolant 7 45 Brake clutch fluid 7 48 Washer fluid 7 49 Fuel filter 7 50 Air cleaner 7 51 Climate control air filter 7 53 Wiper blades 7 55 Battery 7 58 Tires and wheels 7 61 Fuses 7 71 Light bulbs 7 85 Appearance care 7 99 Emission control system 7 105 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E Gasoline Engine 1 6L 1 Engine oil dipstick 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Engine coolant reservoir 4 Radiator cap 5 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 6 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Positive battery terminal 9 Negative battery terminal 10 Fuse box if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OVF071002 Maintenance T m Gasoline Engine 2
132. ause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted Dimensions 8 2 Engine 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 3 Tires and wheels 8 4 Weight and volume 8 4 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 5 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 8 Vehicle certification label 8 8 Tire specification and pressure label 8 9 Engine number 8 9 E mark label 8 10 Specifications amp Consumer information a Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS ENGINE Item mm in Item Gasoline 1 6 Gasoline 2 0 Diesel 1 7 Overall length 4770 187 7 Displacement cc 1591 1999 1685 Overall width 1815 71 4 cu in 97 08 121 9 102 8 Overall height 1470 57 8 Bore x Stroke mm 77x85 44 81x97 77 2x90 205 60R16 1591 62 6 in 8 03x2 95 3 03x3 36 3 04x3 54 Front tread 215 50R17 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1579 62 1 225 45R18 No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line 4 In line 205 60R16 1597 62 8 Rear tread 215 50R17 1585 62 4 225 45R18 Wheelbase 2770 109 0 2 Specifications amp Consumer information BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Low 55 or 35 HID or AFLS H7S or D1S Headlights High 55 H7L Smart cornering light 55 H7L Dedicated lamp LED LED Front Front turn signal lights 21 PY21W Position lights LED LED Side
133. aust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge or fire For your safety be careful Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with t
134. ays wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion e Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed e The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries OVF031044 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped The passenger s front air bag can be deactivated by the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if a child restraint is installed on the front passenger s seat or if the front passenger s seat is unoccu pied by a person To ensure the safety of your child the passenger s front air bag must be deacti vated when it should be necessary to install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional cir cumstances Safety system of your vehicle OVF031046 To deactivate or reactivate the passen ger s
135. become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates e To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition key is on e If the seat or seat cover is dam ae aged have the vehicle checked Curtain air bags are located along both and repaired by an authorized sides of the roof rails above the front and HYUNDAI dealer Inform that your ear doors vehicle is equipped with side They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and impact air bags f the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions OVF031070 Curtain air bag if equipped Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING e In order for side impact and cur tain air bags to provide the best protection both front seat occu pants and both outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked position Continued Continued Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies
136. between your vehi cle and wall may not be the distance you have desired Deactivate the system and park your vehicle manually when the situation requires parking manually The Parking Assist System s front and rear warning sound activates when the Smart Parking Assist System is activated After searching for a parking space is completed the Smart Parking Assist System will be canceled if the Parking Assist System is cancelled by pressing the button to the OFF position Features of your vehicle ight side parallel mode eft side parallel mode OLM041271 Operating condition The system will help park the vehicle in the middle or back of a parked vehicle Use the system when all the below con ditions are met e When the parking space is a straight line e When parallel parking is required e When there is a parked vehicle e When there is enough space to move the vehicle Non operating condition Never use the Smart Parking Assist System in the below conditions e Curved parking space e Inclined roads e A vehicle loaded with longer or wider cargo compared to the vehicle e Diagonal parking space e Parking space with trash grass or bar riers e Heavy snow or rain e A pole close to the parking line e Bumpy roads e A vehicle equipped with a snow chain or spare tire e Tire pressure lower or higher than the standard tire pressure e A trailer connected to the vehicle e Slippery or uneven road
137. break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Overspeed warning if equi 120 if equipped kavh Overspeed warning light If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning light will blink This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed Overspeed warning chime if equipped If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds This is to pre vent you from driving your vehicle with overspeed Features of your vehicle PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED m Front The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited Whenever moving pay as much attention to what is in front and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system Se A ovr04ii04 Operation of the parking assist system Operating condition e This system activates when the park ing assist button is pressed with the ignition switch ON e The parking assist button turns on automatically and activates the parking assist system when you shift the gear to the R Reverse position It will turn off automatically when you shift out of R Reverse and drive above 10 km h Sansor OVF041100 The parking assist system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any
138. cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing A CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Introduction DM Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good qu
139. child is not restraint and kill the child properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer e If the seat belt does not operate E2MS103005 as described in this section have Installing a child restraint system by the system checked immediately lap shoulder belt by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted A WARNING When using the rear center seat belt you should also refer to 3 point rear center seat belt in this chapter Safety system of your vehicle OEN036101 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OEN036104 3 Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack After installa tion of the child restr
140. cluster type B On The Welcome Sound function will be activated Off The Welcome Sound function will be inactivated e Maintenance If the Maintenance is checked A message will appear to notify the driv er maintenance service is required e Seat Easy Access for Driver Position Memory System equipped vehicle On The driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Off The Seat Easy Access function will be inactivated OVF041064 LKAS Mode for instrument cluster type B if equipped LKA The Lane Keeping Assistance System LKAS will be activated LDW The Lane Departure Warning System LDWS will be activated For more details refer to LKAS in section 5 Features of your vehicle LCD display informations e Time adjust mode Door Trunk Tailgate open Clock if equipped E Door 12 34 OVF041131 Q OVF041065 To change the time hour minute The time is displayed when the ignition 1 Press the TRIP button when in the switch is in the ON position time format mode Tailgate eee 2 Press the DISP button to change the e Time format mode hour advance by 1 hour 3 Press the TRIP button to move the OO J minute 4 Press the DISP button to change the i time by 1 minute advance by 1 J minute 5 Press the TRIP button to move out of i the Time mode OVF041131 Q OVF041067 To change the 12 hour format to 24 hour The indicator appear
141. creen To use the cargo security screen 1 Press the lock release button 1 locat if equipped 1 Pull the cargo security screen towards ed at the end of both sides Use the cargo security screen to hide the rear of the vehicle by the handle 2 While pressing the button 1 pull out items stored in the cargo area 1 the barrier net 2 2 Insert the guide pin into the guide 2 NOTICE NOTICE The cargo security screen must be Pull out the cargo security screen with removed first to remove the barrier net the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide Features of your vehicle When the cargo security screen is not in use 1 Push down the center of the cargo security screen approximately 70 degree 2 The cargo security screen will auto matically slide back in NOTICE The cargo security screen may not auto matically slide back in if the cargo secu rity screen is not fully pulled out Fully pull it out and then let go OVF041197 To remove the cargo security screen 1 Push in the guide pin 1 2 Push the lever 2 towards the rear of the vehicle 3 While pushing the lever pull out the cargo security screen 3 A CAUTION Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed do not put luggage on it when it is used Features of your vehicle D a AAA I ahhh OVF041191 Luggage rail system The luggage rail system may prevent the luggage from s
142. ct air so that the fuel is not sprayed around e Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or the injection pump before starting the engine to prevent fire e Finally check each part if the fuel is leaking Maintenance Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter should not be washed 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching You can clean the filter when inspecting clips the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air PEPE ANE AEP E Maintenance NN OE Eh aaa a Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule CAUTION If the vehicle is operated in extremely e Do not drive with the air cleaner dusty or sandy areas replace the ele removed this will result in exces ment more often than the usual recom sive engine wear mended intervals Refer to Maintenance e When removing the air cleaner fil under severe usage conditions in this ter be careful that dust or dirt section does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a HYUNDAI genuine part Use of nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor or turbo charg er Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection If the vehicle is operated in the severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should b
143. ct your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net NOTICE Vehicles equipped with a luggage rail system may use the shackles to hook the luggage net CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment OVF041192 Barrier net if equipped When you load cargo on the rear seat or rear cargo area you must install the bar rier net behind the front seatback or rear seatback It is designed to help protect the heads of the occupants by preventing objects from flying forward in frontal collisions There are four hook holders on both side of the headliner over the headrests for upper side fixation and on the floor behind the rear seats for lower side fixa tion Features of your vehicle When the barrier net is not in use 1 Remove the hook by pulling it through the large holes 2 Slide the net down OVF041193 To use the barrier net 1 Pull up the net by the handle in the center 1 2 Open the cover 2 3 Insert the hook into the large hole 3 until it reaches the very top 4 Then secure it by sliding it into the small hole 4 5 Hold the hooked side and then with the other hand hook the other side of the net A CAUTION Be careful not the scratch the side panel when inserting the hook into the hole Features of your vehicle To remove the barrier net Cargo security s
144. cted phone 3 Gives up auto connection By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Change Priority after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm By Manual Operation 1 Select Priority in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Deleting Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Delete Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm By Manual Operation 1 Select Delete in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list Features of your vehicle e Changing Language By Voice Command 1 Select Language in PHONE menu adjust language to desired language by turning knob then press the knob to cinfirm Supported Languages FRENCH GERMAN UK ENGLISH SPANISH DUTCH ITALIAN DANISH RU SSIAN POLISH SWEDISH NOTE The Phone need to be paired again after changing system language e Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the talk bu
145. ction indicator 2 Low tire pressure position telltale Shown on the LCD display Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfu
146. cular ISOFIX child restraints systems CRS approved for this vehicle type according to ECE44 These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific vehicle restricted or semi uni versal categories X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and or this size class Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures A ISO F3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height 720mm B ISO F2 Reduced Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height 650mm B1 ISO F2X Reduced Height Second Version Back Surface Shape Forward Facing toddler CRS height 650mm C ISO R3 Full Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS D ISO R2 Reduced Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS E ISO R1 Infant Size Rearward Facing CRS F ISO L1 Left Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot G ISO L2 Right Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot Safety system of your vehicle Recommended child restraint systems For Europe fae ECE R44 Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation Approval No Rearward facing with vehicle E4 03443416 Seat BIMBO G0 1 S FAIR a Group 0 1 specific ISOFIX platform type G E4 04443718 Platform 0 18kg F P F Baby Safe Plus II Britax R mer Rearward facing with ISOFIX adapter E1 04301146 Group 1 Forward facing with vehicle Duo Plus Britax R mer E1 04301133
147. d turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK OFF position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again CAUTION If the preheat indicator light contin ues to illuminate or flash on and off after the engine has warmed up or while driving have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible EPEE E Features of your vehicle Fuel filter warning light Diesel engine af ke wv This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is set to the ON position and then it will go out If it lights up while the engine is running it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter If this happens remove the water from the fuel filter For more details refer to Fuel filter in section 7 A CAUTION When the fuel filter warning light illuminates engine power vehicle speed amp idle speed may decrease If you keep driving with the warning light on you can damage your vehi cle s engine parts and injection sys tem of the Common Rail If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Charging system warning J This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or
148. d cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle ORBR040085 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 3 The vanity mirror light comes on if equipped The ticket holder 4 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped Features of your vehicle x NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device amp iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Aux USB and iPod if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod Featur
149. d sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIREMOBILITYKIT IF EQUIPPED OVF061010 Please read the instructions before using the TireMobilityKit 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle OEL069019 Introduction With the TireMobilityKit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and comfort ably seals most punctures in a pas senger car tire caused by nails or sim ilar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is prop erly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a vehicle or tire deal er to have the tire replaced It is possible that some tires especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The TireMobilityKit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the TireMobilityKit What to do in an emergency 8 B
150. d water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly and fasten the jack screw fully Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury n MA m OVF061002 Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench What to do in an emergenc OED066033 Removing and storing the sp
151. d wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The dri vers door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle Also the driver has a power win dow lock switch which can block the operation of rear passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 seconds period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet ing or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximate ly one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OVF041020 Window opening and closing Type A To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OVF041021 Type B
152. der 40 km h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over the stop light will not blink Instead the hazard warning flasher will turn on automatically The hazard warning flasher will turn off when vehicle speed is over 10km h after the vehicle has stopped Also it will turn off when the vehicle is driven at low speed for some time You can turn it off manually by pushing the hazard warning flasher switch CAUTION The Emergency Stop Signal ESS system will not work if the hazard warning flasher is already on Driving your vehicle Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away e Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance e Do not coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking
153. dio sounds may interfere with the passenger from hearing warning chimes e Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKAS system is activated If you contin ue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the Hand on warning the system will turn off automatically e If you drive very fast the vehicle may stray out of the lane Always be cautious when using the sys tem Driving your vehicle E Lane undetected E Lane detected OVF051059 OVF051057 LKAS operation LKAS activation e If the system detects a lane the color e To turn on the LKAS push the button The LKAS screen will appear on the changes from black to white with the ignition switch in the ON posi LCD display if the system is activated tion e When both lanes are detected and all e The LKAS indicator green will illumi the conditions to activate the LKAS are nate satisfied the steering wheel will be controlled green steering wheel indi cator will illuminate e To turn off the system press the button again The indicator turns off Driving your vehicle m Left lane detected m Right lane detected OVF051058 e If the system detects the left lane the left lane color will change from black to white e If the system detects the right lane the right lane color will change from black to white e Both lanes must be detected for the system to fully activate e If only one of the lane is detected the sys
154. dow defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear win dow defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON e To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster e The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off Outside mirror defroster if equipped The outside mirror defroster will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Front wiper deicer if equipped The front wiper deicer will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Geechee es ea Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Fan speed control switch 2 Air conditioning button 3 OFF button 4 Mode selection knob 5 MAX A C selection button 6 Air intake control button 7 Temperature control switch OVF041142 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating M Cooling 3a 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning
155. driver 3 clockwise or counter clockwise Front fog light aiming The front fog lamp can be aimed as the same manner of the head lamps aiming With the front fog lamps and battery nor mal condition aim the front fog lamps To aim the front fog lamp up or down turn the driver 1 clockwise or counterclock wise Maintenance Aiming point lt Ground Height gt lt Distance between lamps gt H1 Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground Low beam H2 Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground High beam H3 Height between the fog lamp bulb center and ground W1 Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers Low beam W2 Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers High beam WS Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers Unit mm in Vehicle condition H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 w3 Without driver 736 28 9 688 27 0 393 15 4 1 472 57 9 1 186 46 6 1508 59 3 With driver 728 28 6 680 26 7 385 15 1 1 472 57 9 1 186 46 6 1508 59 3 Maintenance CAR axis Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb center Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb center Horizontal line of head lamp bulb center CUT OFF LINE W1 Low beam GROUND H1 Low beam OMD051054L Head lamp low beam driver s side 1 Turn the low beam on without driver aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the cut off line show
156. ds to play from the beginning of current song e Press RA28G0 button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press R SA button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press EROA button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press Brraveae button for 0 8 seconds TRACK or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song 3 HEEB Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 4 ME Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 5 GEES Button SCAN Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 DISC Button CD changer AC600DFE AC610DFE e Preset change button changes disc to the previous disc e Preset change button changes disc to the next disc Features of your vehicle 7 INFO SETUP rover
157. dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety system of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be prop erly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or ISOFIX anchors Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must
158. e To secure the child restraint seat 1 To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor Listen for the audible click sound The installing and the use of a child seat has to be done according to the installing manual which is added to the ISOFIX seat CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during installation 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat Refer to the previ ous page Safety system of your vehicle See eee eee eee ee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee Ce eee ee Cee eee Safety system of your vehicle Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions For Europe Vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Size Class Fixture Rear Outboard Rear Outboard Front Passenger Rear Center Driver side Passenger side F ISO L1 X xX Carrycot G ISO L2 X X 0 UP to 10kg E ISO R1 IL IL E ISO R1 IL IL 0 UP to 13kg D ISO R2 IL IL C ISO R3 IL IL D ISO R2 IL IL C ISO R3 IL IL 1 9 to 18kg B ISO F2 IUF IUF B1 ISO F2X IUF IUF A ISO F3 IUF IUF IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group IL Suitable for parti
159. e e Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable e Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable e The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued Continued e Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle TA CO AUX 1 Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to USB or AUX mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 GENE Button e Press the A button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the ESON button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3
160. e finish Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces cars of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it c
161. e grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by the law Maintenance FUSES E Blade type A vehicle s electrical system is protected Wa i from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 3 or 4 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces 9 sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be Normal Normal Blown m Cartridge type melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of m Multi fuse type A the same rating I
162. e inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Replace the filter according to the main tenance Schedule OVF071013 OVFO71014 Filter replacement 2 With the glove box open remove the 1 Open the glove box and remove the stoppers on both sides support strap 1 Maintenance OVF071015 OHG070041 3 Remove the climate control air filter 4 Replace the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on the 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of right side of the cover disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water
163. e noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Features of your vehicle Care of disc if equipped If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventilation before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to
164. e of the problem What to do in an emergency CAUTION e The TPMS malfunction indica tor may blink for approximate ly 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may blink for approximate ly 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated if snow chains are used or some separate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheel
165. e start stop button the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds Press start with smart key E Type A E Type B s Start with Smart Key ss Stort with mart Key OVF041077 If you press the engine start stop button while the warning Key is not detected illuminates the warning Press the start button with smart key illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 sec onds Features of your vehicle Low key battery E Type A m Co Low Key Battery OVF041078 If the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illu minates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine for automatic transaxle E Type A H Type B pedal to start engine OVF041079 If the engine start stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for manual transaxle E Type A H Type B Press clutch pedol to start engine OVF041080 If the engine start stop button turns to the A
166. e Big vehicles such as buses or trucks parked e Sensor covered with foreign matter such as snow or water e Moisture frozen on the sensor e A motorcycle or bicycle parked e A trash can or obstacle near Heavy wind Wheel changed to an unauthorized size A problem with the wheel alignment Next to a garden or bush Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not use the Smart Parking Assist System in the following con ditions for unexpected results may occur and cause a serious accident 1 Parking on inclines The driver must apply the accelera tor and brake pedal when parking on inclines If the driver is unfamil iar with applying the accelerator and brake pedal a car accident may occur Continued Continued 2 Parking in snow OLM041292 Snow may interfere with sensor operation or the system may cancel if the road is slippery while parking Also if the driver is unfamiliar with applying the accelerator and brake pedal a car accident may occur Continued Continued 3 Parking in narrow space OSL040144 The system may not search for parking spaces if the space is too narrow Even if it operates always be careful Continued Features of your vehicle Continued 4 Parking diagonal OSL040145 The system is a supplemental for parallel parking Diagonal line park ing is not available Even if the vehi cle is able to enter the space do no
167. e activated when the remaining passenger s leave the vehicle If any door tailgate lid or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after entering the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The siren will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for 27 seconds unless the system is dis armed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the transmitter or smart key Features of your vehicle Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE e Without smart key system If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition s
168. e air bag inflates Always follow the precau tions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat e ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride e Front and side impact air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle e You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags e Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position e No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Continued Continued Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inope
169. e battery according to your local law s or regulation Continued Continued The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the bat tery to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to be recy cled e When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners e Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected e The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death A CAUTION If you use unauthorized electronic devices the battery may be dis charged Never use unauthorized devices Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Maintenance A WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precauti
170. e battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e f the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables A WARNING Battery amp A Sy dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose th
171. e engine and transaxle damage e Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and i s hard to shift into 1 First or R Reverse put the shift lever in neutral position and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1 First or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc e Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal
172. e shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Press the engine start stop button 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator A Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while pressing the engine start stop button to the START position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the Shift lever is in the N Neutral position es acta 2 Each ere cates Driving your vehicle Glow indicator light W 60 3 Press the engine start stop button while depressing the brake pedal 4 Continue depressing the brake pedal until the illuminated glow indicator goes off approximately 5 seconds 5 The engine starts running when the glow indicator goes off NOTICE If the engine start stop button is press
173. e speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF posi tion when the wiper is not in use CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body e Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor e Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth e Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass Features of your vehicle A CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers m Type A i y XM049048E XM049102N Windshield washers In the OFF
174. e the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage Features of your vehicle NOTICE e The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illu minate when the fuel tank is nearly empty OUTSIDE On inclines or curves the fuel gauge Satake pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank e e Outside temperature R 3 t of fuel The current outside temperature is dis eee 6olayed in 1 C 1 F increments The tem vehicle occupants to danger perature range is between 40 C 60 C You must stop and obtain addition 40 F 140 F al fuel as soon as possible after the e The outside temperature on the display A WARNING Fuel gauge warning light comes on or when the may not change immediately like a gen Fuel gauge gauge indicator comes close to the eral thermometer to prevent the driver The fuel gauge indicates the approxi O E Empty level from being inattentive mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel e To convert from C to F or F to C tank press the DISP button form more than 5 AX CAUTION ceca in the Distance to empty DTE Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter Ue eed sea Features of your
175. ead the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGS CAU TIONS and NOTICES in this manual These were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recom mendations provided in these WARN INGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided FUEL REQUIREMENTS Gasoline engine Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded gaso line which complies with EN 228 and has an octane rating of RON Research Octane Number 95 AKI Anti Knock Index 91 or higher You may use unlead ed gasoline with an octane rating of RON 91 94
176. ed The cruise set indicator light will illuminate Release the accelerator pedal at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill Driving your vehicle OVF051021 To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want e Move the lever up to RES and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time you move the lever up to RES in this manner OVF051022 To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain e Move the lever down to SET and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph each time you move the lever down to SET in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator pedal Driving your vehicle OVF051023 To cancel cruise control do one of the following
177. ed once more while the engine is pre heat ing the engine may start Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tur bocharger unit e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start e When the engine start stop button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle a message Key is not in the vehicle will appear on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you Driving your vehicle A CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in t
178. ed periods with people inside the vehicle If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Section 7 Maintenance Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached e Adjust the inside and outside re
179. edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted sur faces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish Maintenance ETE CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance Ca f OJB037800 A CAUTION e Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the
180. eds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESP is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program ESP System is functioning properly ei sata oo Back cafes cares Driving your vehicle ESP operation When operating ESP operation off ESP ON condition When the ESP is in operation ESP OFF state e When the ignition is turned ESP indicator light blinks e eTo cancel ESP operation a ON ESP and ESP OFF indi When the Electronic Stability ee Press the ESP OFF button cator lights illuminate for Program is operating properly OFF ESP OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds you can feel a slight pulsation minates then ESP is turned on in the vehicle This is only the e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESP OFF button for effect of brake control and indi to LOCK position when ESP at least half a second after cates nothing unusual is off ESP remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the ESP off ESP OFF indicator or slippery road the engine ESP will automatically turn on wil
181. eee eee eee 2 2 Interior features Pree eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee errr 4 140 Interior light eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee 4 108 Interior Overview eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 2 4 ISG Idle Stop and Go system seessesoesesessesesesessnsesseseosseoee 5 14 K Key positions eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee errr 5 4 Keys etenean esee ras pEr aE EEE E EE 4 3 L Lane keeping assist system LKAS sesesseosesosoosossosoossesooso 5 56 Light bulbs ss ssssssssssssessessessessesseesessesanesneenesssesessesanass 7 85 Lighting eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee 4 96 M Maintenance SCrvViCeS s 1 lt esscecsccesecesscscencessssescnsesssecesneesans 7 5 Manual climate control system eee eee eee ee eee 4 1 12 Manual transaxle eee eer eer treet errr erect reer errr rrr rns 5 19 NITTON en ea EEEE dasa deine 4 44 O Owner MAINTETNATICGE serrie sssrini isei TET P Panorama SUNTOOT eressesssssssesssesisacsisrcccsnisiseisrakeesissssessaa 4 35 Parking assist system eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee 4 79 R Rearview CAMera lt s s seccsecceencsssscsensesssessensrsesessaensseneens 4 94 Recommended lubricants and capacities eeeerereerereeeee 8 5 Remote keyless entry Pere eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee rere 4 5 Road warning PP
182. eight and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Safety system of your vehicle Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed a
183. el as soon as possible and add engine oil as required Slowly pour the recommended oil little by little into a funnel Oil refill capacity approximately 0 6 1 0 Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capac ities in section 8 Do not overfill the engine oil to ensure the oil level is not above F mark on the dipstick For vehicles equipped with instrument cluster type B the indicator illuminates on the LCD display tee cieemeie a Features of your vehicle NOTICE If you travel approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up after adding the engine oil the warning light will go off Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3 times within 10 seconds the warning light will go off immediately However when you turn off the warning light without adding the engine oil the light will come on again after traveling approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up A CAUTION If the light comes on continuously after adding the engine oil and trav eling approximately 50 km 100 km after the engine warms up take your vehicle to your nearest author ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Even if this light doesn t come on after the engine has started the engine oil should be checked and supplied periodically Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light C4 This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission con
184. ely 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the SRS is not working properly If the air bag warning light does not come on or con tinuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turn the igni tion switch to the ON position or started the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Immobilizer indicator aint Without smart key system This indicator illuminates when the immobilizer key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The indicator goes out after the engine is run ning If this indicator blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before start ing the engine have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few seconds to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine e If the indicator illuminates only for
185. ensing door unlock system All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h Engine off door unlock system if equipped All doors will automatically unlock Without smart key system When the key is removed from the igni tion switch With smart key system When the engine start stop button is in the OFF position Shift lever door lock unlock system e All doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into P Park You can activate or deactivate the auto lock unlock features in the vehicle Refer to User setting in this section Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 3 until rear door child safety lock is unlocked _ Vovro41007 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole 1 and turn it to the lock i positi
186. ep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats A WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Special care of objects should be taken when placing them in the rear seats since those may hit the front seat occupants in a frontal colli sion A WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in R Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position Safety system of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system A WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving e Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position e Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible e Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder bel
187. er the low tire pressure telltale may illuminate if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under infla tion warning at the same time as sys tem failure then the TPMS malfunc tion indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute and the low tire pressure posi tion telltale will illuminate e g if Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunc tion indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflat ed the low tire pressure position tell tales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible to determine the caus
188. er and odometer cal ibration headlight aim and bumper height Maintenance Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided
189. er will enable an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle Key operations e Used to start the engine e Used to lock and unlock the doors e Used to lock and unlock the glove box Immobilizer system Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the key and elec tronic devices inside the vehicle Vehicles without smart key system With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is valid the engine will start If the key is invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Use chdoe E Features of your vehicle Vehicles with smart key system Whenever the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position the immobi lizer system checks and verifies if the key is
190. erate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat E Front seat Lap shoulder belt Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 4 positions for max imum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck You will not be getting the most effective pro tection The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position Safety system of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position B180A01NF E OVF031028 To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position
191. erature 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button of the following e Mode selection button e Front windshield defroster button e Fan speed control knob The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 22 C 71 F 23 C 73 F Except Europe NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob s other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob s selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating as Cooling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem oR OVF041146 OVF041 154 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of
192. ergency If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speed Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other con ditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should com municate with each other frequently A CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook e Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle e Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency OXMO
193. es of your vehicle A WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle e Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle e Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors e Do not stack floor mats on top of Floor mat anchor s if equipped one another e g all weather rub When using a floor mat on the front floor ber mat on top of a carpeted floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat Only a single floor mat mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps should be installed in each posi the floor mat from sliding forward tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the i OVFO 1201 floor mat in place To avoid any Clothes hanger interference with pedal operation HYUNDAI recommends that only CAUTION the HYUNDAI floor mat designed 5 for use in your vehicle be e Do not hang heavy clothes since installed those may damage the hook e Be careful when opening and clos ing the doors Clothes etc may get caught between the door gap Features of your vehicle OVF041212 Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the four holders locat ed in the cargo area to attach the lug gage net If necessary conta
194. even if the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position Continued PEPE NE PENA Safety system of your vehicle Continued If this occurs have an authorized Continued A WARNING e Even though your vehicle is e The driver is responsible for the HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch the pre tensioner seat belt system and the SRS air bag sys tem as soon as possible If the SRS air bag warning light blinks or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illumi nates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch pre tensioner seat belt and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible proper position of the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch Deactivate the passenger s front air bag only when the ignition switch is switched off or the mal function may occur in the SRS Control Module And there may be a danger that the driver s and or front passen ger s and or side and curtain air bag may fail to trigger or not trig ger correctly during a collision Never install a rearward facing child seat on the front passen ger s seat unless the passenger s front air bag has been deactivat ed The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Continued equipped with the
195. ever several times Safety system of your vehicle Automatic adjustment if equipped p The front seat can be adjusted by using CAUTION the control switches located on the out e The power seat is driven by an side of the seat cushion Before driving electric motor Stop operating adjust the seat to the proper position so once the adjustment is complet as to easily control the steering wheel ed Excessive operation may pedals and switches on the instrument damage the electrical equipment panel e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running Forward and backward e Do not operate two or more power 1 Push the control switch forward or seat control switches at the same backward to move the seat to the time Doing so may result in desired position power seat motor or electrical component malfunction 2 Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Safety system of your vehicle OVF031006 Seatback angle 1 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle 2 Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OVF031007 Seat cushion height if equipped i Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull
196. f it remains illu minated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety system of your vehicle Continued e The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated e Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies e Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner e Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury e Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle e If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collisio
197. f the replacement fuse blows this indi AY CAUTION cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse type for higher amperage Blown ratings Blown Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OVF071018 OVF071019 Inner panel fuse replacement 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other Use the removal tool provided in the switches off engine compartment fuse panel 2 Open the fuse panel cover 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse Maintenance Fuse switch Always put the fuse switch at the ON position If you move the switch to the OFF posi tion some items such as audio and digi tal clock must be reset and transmitte
198. ffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption e Do not ride the brake or clutch pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences e Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month e Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service
199. finger on the button as the language could unintentionally change m Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth System can be acti vated in the following conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized e If the command is not recognized the system will announce Pardon or No input voice signal from microphone No response e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the WB button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times e At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth functions Pair phone Phonebook Add entry By voice By Phone Change By name By number Features of your vehicle m Voice Operation Tip To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System ob
200. fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capac ities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Maintenance WASHER FLUID OVF071009 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Also add washer fluid when the low washer fluid level warning indicator lt gt illuminates on the instrument cluster Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not availab
201. front air bag To deactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator 3 will illuminate and stay on until the passenger s front air bag is reactivat ed To reactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the ON position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator will go out and the passenger s front air bag ON indicator Q will illuminate for approximately 60 seconds NOTICE e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position the passenger s front air bag is activated and child or infant seat should not be installed on the front passenger seat e When the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF posi tion the passenger s front air bag is deactivated A CAUTION e If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is not working properly the air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate And the passenger s front air bag OFF indicator 3X3 will not illumi nate The passenger s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds the SRS Control Module reactivates the passen ger s front air bag and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes
202. han 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Press a button for 0 8 seconds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press Bireias button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song e Press Eo button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song 3 HEE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 4 WEN Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 5 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers AST DARK 6 INFO SETUP PTY V FOLDER nt ee 6 ALEJ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of Title Artist Album Normal Display Displays no infor mation if the file has no song information Features of
203. have the system checked Shift to P or N to start the engine E Type A H Type B P GAN MboboPaN to start engine amie Per Srn to N to start engine OVF041083 If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle Press start button while turn steering if equipped H Type A E Type B D Press stort bution tle furn steering while seeng Press start bution whe turn steering OVF041084 If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the engine start stop button is pressed the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the engine start stop button while turning the steer ing wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock system if equipped E Type A H Type B OVF041085 If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds
204. he automatic reverse feature will not oper ate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch Features of your vehicle Vi OVF041022 Power window lock button For Europe e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the drivers door to the LOCK position pressed Except Europe e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the drivers door to the LOCK position pressed e When the power window lock switch is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the front and or rear pas senger door power windows A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse e Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed Features of your vehicle HOOD Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood
205. he engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Maintenance SS Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engine e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel cause the engine to misfire damaging the cat alytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Diesel Particulate Filter if equipped The Diesel Particulate Filter DPF sys tem removes the soot emitted from the vehicle Unlike a disposable air filter the DPF system automatically burns
206. he N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the engine start stop button in an attempt to restart the engine OVF051003 NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you cannot start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before start ing the engine CAUTION Do not press the engine siart stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel con sumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery vo
207. he SRS air bag warn ing light to illuminate Safety system of your vehicle m Driver s front air bag OVF031051 Driver s and passenger s front air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and or on the cover of the driver s side knee bolster located below the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel in the knee bolster below the steering wheel column and the pas senger s side front panel above the glove box m Passenger s front air bag _ OVF031050 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occupants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with air bags improp erly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when th
208. he auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passen gers and objects are away from the sun roof before closing it PEPEES PEPE Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the sunshade and sunroof completely if opened 3 Release the sunroof control lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close about 10 sec onds until the sunroof moves a little AY CAUTION Then release the lever Periodically remove any dirt that uh the Sunroof conto lever forward may accumulate on the guide rail roof operates as follows again e If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged SUNSHADE OPEN gt TILT OPEN gt SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE gt SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem has been reset Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OVF041030 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system
209. he change has been made successfully 4 To cancel the change follow the above procedure again NOTICE If the traffic change function is acti vated a beep sound will be heard 3 times e If the engine is turned off with the traffic change function activated and the engine turned on again a beep sound will be heard 3 times It is to notify the driver the function is acti vated e If the traffic change is activated when you visit a country with opposite traf fic direction it will decrease the dazzle on oncoming vehicle drivers g OVF041128 High beam operation 1 Turn the light switch to the headlight position 2 Push the lever away from you NOTICE e The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on e To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running Features of your vehicle OVF041126 Flashing headlights Pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OVF041127 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn sig nals move the lever up or down A Green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If
210. he next lower gear vehicle is in motion This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power NOTICE e Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive e A clicking noise heard from the kick down mechanism by depressing the accelerator pedal fully is a normal condition Driving your vehicle Sports mode OVF051069 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear k NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down
211. he sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely s OVF041171 1 OVF041172 Center console storage Glove box To open the center console storage push The glove box can be locked and the lever 1 and then lift up the cover unlocked with a key 1 To open the glove box push the button 2 and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle OVF041175 Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever 1 of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever 1 to the closed position NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced OVF041173 Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly
212. he transaxle CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage ei scl had eee Sore al Driving your vehicle NOTICE The ESP system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in cor ners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night e Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving your vehicle Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to conside
213. he vehicle If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlight assembly you do not need to do step 2 and 3 4 Disconnect the power connector s from the back of the headlight assem Hight ly OVF071030 bly OVF071056 Headlight position light turn sig Headlight Low High and nal light and front fog light bulb Smart cornering light replacement 5 Remove the headlight bulb cover by 1 Headlight Low turning it counterclockwise 2 Smart cornering light 6 oe the headlight bulb socket 3 Headlight High 3 9 H gh 5 7 Remove the socket from the assembly 4 Front turn signal light 5 Position light by turning the socket counterclockwise 5 oSI lon 1g until the tabs on the socket align with 6 Dedicated lamp DRL if equipped the slots on the assembly 7 Front fog light if equipped 8 Pull the bulb out of the socket 9 Insert a new bulb into the socket 10 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Maintenance 11 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 12 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OHD076046 ior 057 Turn signal light Follow the steps 1 to 4 from the previous page 5 Remove
214. heel Heater Maintenance No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component Power Window LH Relay Power Window Main Switch 13 25A Gx P WDW LH _ Driver Passenger Safety Power Window Module Rear Safety Power Window Module LH Rear Power Window Switch LH Tail Gate Open Relay Trunk Lid Latch SEDAN 14 10A a PDM 1 Power Tail Gate Latch Tail Gate Latch WAGON ICM Relay Box Fuel Filler Lock Unlock Relay 15 30A ae P SEAT DRV Driver IMS Module Driver Manual Switch BCM Immobilizer Module DC DC Converter Audio AMP Audio Electro Chromic Mirror Lane Keeping Assist Module A C Control Module Head Lamp LH RH Driver IMS Module Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module Is oe MCCUE Relea a Portable Lamp Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH Rear Seat Warmer LH RH Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Driver Passenger CCS Control Module ATM Shift Lever IND Console Switch Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Modul 17 15A aw WIPER RR Rear Wiper Relay Rear Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Rear Curtain Module 18 10A STOR STOP LP Stop Lamp Switch Power Window RH Relay Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch 19 25A A P WDW RH Driver Passenger Safety Power Window Module Rear Safety Power Window Module RH Rear Power Window Switch RH 20 10A O PDM 2 Smart Key Control Module Start Stop Button Switch Immobilizer Module Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle Driver Passenger
215. hem properly e Do not tap into or modify your vehicle s brake system Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and any trailer brakes are still work ing hate th 2 es a Driving your vehicle Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Bac
216. hen opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury A WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Deadlocks if equipped Some vehicles are equipped with a deadlock system Deadlocks prevent opening of a door from either inside or outside the vehicle once the deadlocks have been activated providing an addi tional measure of vehicle security To lock the vehicle using the deadlock function the doors must be locked by using the transmitter or smart key To unlock the vehicle the transmitter or smart key must be used again Door lock unlock features Impact s
217. i should only be serviced by an sequence shown in the illustration First cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI authorized HYUNDAI dealer For connect one end of a jumper cable to the dealer charging your AGM battery use positive terminal of the discharged bat OnE uy automatic batery tery 1 then connect the other end tothe Push starting chargers that are specially devel positive terminal on the booster battery Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle oped for AGM batteries 2 Proceed to connect one end of the Should not be push started because it e When replacing the AGM battery other jumper cable to the negative termi might damage the emission control sys use only the HYUNDAI genuine nal of the booster battery 3 then the tem Vehicles equipped with automatic battery for the ISG system a ie to a at peal T transaxle cannot be push started Follow Donat open orremovethecapon Peit or Pamele te erae Ng the drecions mt seoton Tor jump top of the battery This may cause leaks of internal electrolyte that connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked could result in severe injury Do not allow the jumper cables to contact e If the AGM battery is reconnected anything except the correct battery termi or replaced ISG function will not nals or the correct ground Do not lean operate immediately over the battery when making connec If you want to use the ISG func tions tion the battery sensor needs t
218. ic Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESP indicator light or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC A vehicle has the tendency to slip back on a steep hill when it starts to go after stopping The Hill start Assist Control HAC prevents the vehicle from slipping back by operating the brakes automati cally for about 2 seconds The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is depressed or after about 2 seconds NOTICE e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Emergency Stop Signal ESS if equipped The Emergency Stop Signal system alerts the driver behind by blinking the stop light when the vehicle is braked rap idly and severely The system is activated when e The vehicle suddenly stops vehicle speed is over 55km h and the vehicle deceleration at greater than 7 m s e The ABS is activating When the vehicle speed is un
219. ice is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up e If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock e If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work e It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps e Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued e An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable e Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable e When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized e Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 e USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable e Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects e If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device e You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Co
220. il on the engine room wipe it off immedi OVF071004 ately Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground CAUTION Diesel engine A I O ell 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Overfilling the engine oil may cause normal operating temperature severe dieseling due to churning 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few effect It may lead to engine damage minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to accompanied with abrupt engine Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components return to the oil pan speed increment combustion noise USS Only the specified engine oil Refer 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and and white smoke emission to Recommended lubricants and capaci re insert it fully ties in section 8 Maintenance Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the begin ning of this section ED HYUNDAI RECOMMENDS y HELI S Motor oils A WARNING Used engine oil may cause irrita tion or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory ani mals Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil
221. ile the engine is running Do not touch the injector injector wirings and the engine computer while the engine is running Do not remove the injector connector while the engine is running People using pacemakers must not go near the engine while the engine is starting or running A WARNING Diesel Engine Never work on injection system with engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off engine High pressure pump rail injectors and high pressure pipes are sub ject to high pressure even after the engine stopped The fuel jet pro duced by fuel leaks may cause seri ous injury if it touches the body People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room while engine is run ning since the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields Maintenance SS OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehicle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e
222. in air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact OED036102 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags PEPE EE ooe sea Safety system of your vehicle OED036103 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly replaced by such under ride collisions OED036104 e Airbags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags So el OVFO31063 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety system of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely
223. in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold viscosity from the chart weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers Temperature C 30 20 10 O 10 20 30 40 50 F 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 GDI Gasoline Engine Oil MPI Diesel Engine Oil 1 7L Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL VIN label if equipped E Type A TE ee OYN089002 oe 002L The vehicle identification number VIN is The VIN is also on a plate attached to the the number used in registering your vehi top of the dashboard The number on the cle and in all legal matters pertaining to plate can easily be seen through the its ownershi
224. ing in an accident A WARNING e Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving e Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire Safety system of your vehicle OVF031002 Front seat Manual adjustment Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly on ORE asse Vevacevee OVF031003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up on the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OVF031004 Seat cushion height if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the l
225. ing lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight Headlamp escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore it caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle Headlight Headlamp welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock bu
226. inside the vehicle to become stale e During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Features of your vehicle Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core ALE Evaporator air filter gore 1LDA5047 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has
227. iq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates A WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed Continued Continued e The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON posi tion If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause t
228. ir flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the hottest position and the fan speed control to the high est speed e lf warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OVF041165 heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system reduce the probability of fogging up the To defog inside windshield inside of the Windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the
229. is covered with snow Detecting range may decrease when 1 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold 2 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m and narrower than 14 cm in diameter The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow tseeidoogsea Features of your vehicle NOTICE 1 The warning may not sound sequen tially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected 2 The parking assist system may mal function if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modi fied Any non factory installed equip ment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance 3 Sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm from the sensor or it may sense an incorrect distance Use with caution 4 When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth 5 Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor Sensor damage could occur NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors it can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects or objects located between sensors may not be detected
230. is locked the door will unlock and open Rear door If the inner door handle is pulled once when the door is locked the door will unlock If the inner door handle is pulled once more the door will open With central door lock unlock switch It is operated by pressing the door lock unlock switch e When you press the central door lock switch all vehicle doors will lock and the indicator light on the switch will illu minate e If any door is opened when the switch is pressed all doors will not lock Features of your vehicle e If any door is unlocked the indicator of the central door lock switch will go off e When you press the central door unlock switch all vehicle doors will unlock NOTICE Once the doors are locked with the transmitter or smart key the doors can not be unlocked with the central door lock unlock switch A WARNING Door lock mal function If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehi cle try one or more of the follow ing e Operate the other door locks and handles e Lower the driver s window and use the key to unlock the door from outside e Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate A WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows e Be careful w
231. isconnected do not apply excessive force OVF041015 OVF041014 Opening the tailgate e Press the tailgate handle switch carry The power tailgate will open automatical ing the smart key with you ly by doing one of the following e Press the tailgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key e Press the power tailgate open button Features of your vehicle OVF041016 Closing the tailgate 1 Press the power tailgate close button approximately 1 second 2 The tailgate will close and lock auto matically Power tailgate non opening condi tions The power tailgate will not open or close automatically when the vehicle is moving more than 3km h 2mph x NOTICE The power tailgate can be operated when the engine is not running However the power tailgate operation consumes large amounts of vehicle electric power To prevent the battery from being discharged do not operate it excessively e g more than approxi mately 10 times repeatedly To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the power tail gate in the open position for a long lime Do not modify or repair any part of the power tailgate by yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle do not operate the power tailgate This could cause the power tailgate to oper ate improperly In cold and wet climates the power tailgate may not work p
232. ith a front seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a front seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the front passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion A WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally Ay WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age e Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident e In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag i
233. itter or smart key e Doors can be locked and unlocked pressing the button of the outside door handle with the smart key in your pos session vehicle s equipped with smart key system e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely x NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components ate 2b es Sea Features of your vehicle OVF041009 a In case of an emergency If the power door lock switch does not operate electrically the only way to lock the door s is with the mechanical key from the outside key hole Doors without the outside key hole you can lock the door as follows 1 Open the door 2 Insert the key into the emergency door lock hole and turn the key horizontally to lock 3 Close the door securely NOTICE Once the tailgate is closed when the power door lock switch does not operate electrically you will not be able to open the tailgate Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door handle Front door If the inner door handle is pulled when the door
234. justing the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound e Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued e When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device e When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Detachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX 1 i 4 tt i e When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals e When disconnecting the iPod disconnect both the USB AUX ter minal e The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle TA CO AUX 1 VF_EU_iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 EGLAS Button e Press we button for less t
235. king up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can assist you in installing the wiri
236. l condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK OFF posi tion e Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed e The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions Continued Continued e If the Electronic Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition EPEE PEP soa Features of your vehicle Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle if equipped The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges OVF041032 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and
237. l illuminate To turn the rpm revolution per minute again ESP on press the ESP OFF may not increase even if you button ESP OFF indicator press the accelerator pedal light will go off deeply This is to maintain the eWhen starting the engine stability and traction of the you may hear a slight ticking vehicle and does not indicate sound This is the ESP per a problem forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle ESP OFF usage When driving e ESP should be turned on for daily driv ing whenever possible e To turn ESP off while driving press the ESP OFF button while driving on a flat road surface E ESP indicator light ee E ESP OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESP system is operating normally The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating or illuminates when ESP fails to operate NOTICE ESP OFF indicator light comes on when the ESP is turned off with the button e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESP is turned off ESP OFF light illuminat CAUTION ed If the ESP is left on it may pre Driving with varying tire or wheel vent the vehicle speed from increas sizes may cause the ESP system to ing and result in false diagnosis malfunction When replacing tires e Turning the ESP off does not affect
238. l move the driver s seat rearward when the engine start stop button is changed to the OFF position It will move the drivers seat forward when the engine start stop button is changed to the ACC or START posi tion You can activate or deactivate this feature Refer to User setting in this section Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electronic power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illumi nate e The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its norma
239. l nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations A CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion sto
240. lder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance ee EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Service Passport in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems which are as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manu al Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Program ESP system e To
241. le However use washer sol vent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing Maintenance FUEL FILTER FOR DIESEL Draining water from fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom If water accumulates in the fuel filter the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position If this warning light illuminates take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have drain the water and checked the system f hk F A CAUTION If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter v pA OVvF071022 Extracting air from the fuel filter If you drive until you have no fuel left or if you replace the fuel filter be sure to extract air from the fuel system as it makes it difficult to start the engine 1 Pump up and down 1 approximately 50 times until the pump is hard 2 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 3 Pump up and down 1 approximately 15 times 4 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 5 Pump up and down 1 approximately 5 times NOTICE e Use cloths when you extra
242. lection button then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating e When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or eve
243. liding around in the lug gage compartment Build in segmentation bar e Put both pillars A from the segmenta tion bar in the openings from the rail e To move the segmentation bar put your hand on the side of the pillar and push down the lever arm B e Make sure the pillars click into place e To release the belt turn the upper ele ment C to the left 1 or right until it clicks e Now you can pull the belt D and secure your luggage by putting the belt around the luggage and put the hook E into the middle of the segmentation bar F e For bulky luggage you can hook both hooks into each other e To make sure the belt locks put the upper element C back into the lock position 1 A CAUTION e The segmentation bar must be mounted and demounted with both pillars simultaneously e Max load 30 kg with one belt 40 kg with two belts Features of your vehicle CAUTION Tensile force max 150 kgf for 1 shackle E OVF041189 Applying the shackle on the guide rail e Put the shackle A in the position where the shackle is put in the rail 3 e To move the shackle press the button 1 and move the shackle along the rail e Make sure the shackle is clicked into place e To fix the luggage pull up the hook 2 in the middle cargo bay e Now you can mount e g belt to fix the luggage in the hook e The shackle cannot be used in the position where the shackle is put in and out of the
244. ling system parts such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Maintenance r A CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use on
245. ll illuminate Press the ON OFF button to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off e The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged e Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts OVF041035 OVF041036 Remote co
246. ll passengers including driver Maximum permis 2 sible loading Driver Maximum permis sible loading Features of your vehicle Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area And it offers proper headlight beam under various conditions gt OVF04142 AFLS Adaptive Front Lighting System if equipped Adaptive front lighting system uses the steering angle and vehicle speed to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling and leveling the headlamp Change the switch to the AUTO position when the engine is running The adaptive front lighting system will operate when the headlamp is ON To turn off the AFLS change the switch to other posi tions After turning the AFLS off head lamp swiveling no longer occurs but lev eling operates continuously OVF041132 If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes on the AFLS is not working properly Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine If the indicator contin uously remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer m Type A Al OXM049230L OXM049231L OAM049048L OAM049048N m Wiper speed control front V MIST Single wipe O OFF Off INT Intermitte
247. ll the rear cover For transmitter or smart key replace ment see an authorized HYUNDAI deal er for reprogramming CAUTION e The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to mois ture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery e To avoid damaging the transmit ter or smart key don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sun light A CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OVF041216 Smart key function 1 Door lock 2 Door unlock 3 Tailgate open 4 Alarm With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section OVF041006 Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details Locking 1 Carry the smart key 2 Close all doors engine hood and tail gate 3 Pre
248. llular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth system supports 10 types of languages o FRENCH o GERMAN o UK ENGLISH o SPANISH o DUTCH ITALIAN o DANISH o RUSSIAN o POLISH o SWEDISH NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Hyundai is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Bluetooth Language Setting The system language can be changed by the following steps 1 Power on the audio system with the volume set to an audible level 2 Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio displays Please Wait The Bluetooth system will reply in currently selected language that it is changing to the next language System language cycles between FRENCH GERMAN UK ENGLISH SPANISH DUTCH ITALIAN DANISH RUSSIAN POLISH SWEDISH 3 When completed the audio display returns to normal 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan guage selection NOTE The phone needs to be paired again after changing system language Avoid resting your thumb or
249. ltage It does not mean the system has malfunctioned m Type A E Type B OVF051030 OVF051068 Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode 1 Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 5 km h 3 mph 2 Shift into N Neutral position 3 Release the clutch pedal The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP A indicator on the instrument cluster will illuminate m Type A m Type B Auto Stop 00 00 OVF051040 Also a message Auto Stop will appear on the LCD display NOTICE You must reach a speed of at least 10 km h 6 mph since last idle stop Driving your vehicle m Type A m Type B m Type A Press Clutch Auto Start De Pedal for Start Manually Auto Start OVF051031 OVF051035 OVF051038 NOTICE Continued Auto start If you unfasten the seatbelt or open the A message Auto Start Deactivated To restart the engine from idle stop driver s door or engine hood in auto Start Manually will appear on the mode stop mode the following will happen LCD display e Press the clutch pedal when the shift e The ISG system will deactivate the lever is in the N Neutral position light on the ISG OFF button will illu e A message Press Clutch Pedal for minate Auto Start will appear on the LCD dis play e The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP A indicator on the instrument cluster will go out Continued Driving your vehicle The engine will also restart automati cally
250. ly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Brake pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit refer to the Hyundai web site http brakemanual hmc co kr Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the EPB actuator wiring and connectors Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant compressor if equipped Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage N EPEE NERE Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L CAUTION Do not overfill the engine oil It may damage the engine e Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you drop the engine o
251. make sure they are the same size as ABS or brake system operation your original tires EPPES EE Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is operating e ESP Electronic Stability Program amp light will blink e The steering wheel may be controlled When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline e Driving rearward e ESP OFF indicator light remains on the instrument cluster e EPS Electronic Power Steering indi cator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESP OFF button to turn off the ESP the VSM will also cancel and the ESP OFF indicator light amp illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESP OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESP OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the EPS Electron
252. may differ from the actual driv ing distance PEPEPEPE Features of your vehicle H Type A Average Speed 100mm p OVF041058 Average speed km h or MPH This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average speed is dis played clears the average speed to zero E Type A Hlapsed Time 12 00 OVF041059 Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 E Type A User Settings Stop amp Ect Settings OVF041060 User Settings 1 Stop the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position or engine running 2 Press the DISP button until the User setting is displayed 3 With the User setting displayed press the DISP button for 2 seconds 4 You can change the item by pressing the DISP button and select an item by pressing the TRIP button Features of your vehicle H Type A Bock Auto Door Lock gt Auto Door Uniock OVF041061 Door e Auto Door
253. memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the position memory will be erased and the driving position should be restored in the system Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Change the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Adjust the driver s seat comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored Features of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory Easy access function 1 Change the ignition switch to the ON if equipped position The system will move the driver s seat 2 To recall the position in the memory automatically as follows press the desired memory button 1 or e Without smart key system 2 The system will beep ae then the It will move the drivers seat rearward driver s seat will automatically adjust to when the ignition key is removed the stored position Adjusting the control switch for the dri vers seat while the system is recalling the stored position will cause the move ment to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved It will move the drivers seat forward when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It wil
254. mer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the button the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows OFF gt HIGH At e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passen gers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold table
255. mperature control switch allows you to control the temperature of the air flow in the vehicle To change the temperature e Press the A red switch to increase temperature e Press the W blue switch to decrease temperature OVF041148 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position NOTICE With the recirculated Prolonged operation of the heater in the air position selected recirculated air position without air air from the passenger conditioning selected may cause fogging compartment will be of the windshield and side windows and drawn through the the air within the passenger compart heating system and ment may become stale heated or cooled In addition prolonged use of the air con according to the func ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected lt gt air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the func tion selected Features of your vehicle OVF041149 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control switch allows you to co
256. n dow scraper gloves ground cloth cover alls blanket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING If you are considering towing with your vehicle you should first check with your country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary the requirements for tow ing trailers cars or other types of vehi cles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further details before towing NOTICE For Europe e The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle s may be exceeded by not more than 15 and the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle may be exceeded by not more than 10 or 100 kg 220 4 Ibs whichever value is lower In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph for vehicle of catego ry M1 or 80 km h 49 7 mph for vehi cle of category N1 e When a vehicle of category M1 is tow ing a trailer the additional load imposed at the trailer coupling device may cause the tire maximum load rat ings to be exceeded but not by more than 15 In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph and increase the tire inflation pressure by at least 0 2 bar CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section EPEE E Driving your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the
257. n The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety system of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the
258. n in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp leveling device is equipped adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions Maintenance CAR axis Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb center Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb center Horizontal line of head lamp bulb center CUT OFF LINE W1 Low beam GROUND H1 Low beam OMD051055L Head lamp low beam front passenger s side 1 Turn the low beam on without driver aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the cut off line shown in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp leveling device is equipped adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions Maintenance r CAR axis Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center Upper limit Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center CUT OFF LINE TIKI H3 Front fog W3 Front fog GROUND OMD051056L Front fog light 1 Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the allowable range shaded region Maintenance C ovr071035 OVF071036 Side repeater light bulb replace Rear combination light bulb ment replacement If the light bulb does no
259. n operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Ser
260. n or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seat contained in this manual Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section A WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times including infants and chil dren Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehi cle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child s height and weight Safety system of your vehicle NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s h
261. n puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale e During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core ALE Evaporator air filter SE 1LDA5047 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Geeentoe soa Features of your vehicle NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required e When the a
262. n recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers con stituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 e Adding Entry by Phone 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Add Entry after prompt 4 Say By Phone to proceed 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 minutes depending on the phone model and number of entries 7 Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Change Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Delete Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Ye
263. n search ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting Program Type selection 10 WALS Button Press the button to convert to Setup Mode In the Setup Mode screen select the mode you want to set by pressing the knob Press knob to enter detailed setup mode The Setup Mode screens are each different according to the Bluetooth External Amp option selections e SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e RDS if available RDS menu includes News AF Region TA Vol menu sequentially e NEWS NEWS MENU indication is pos sible with RDS MENU Turns the automatic NEWS reception fea ture ON or OFF Features of your vehicle e AF AF MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Select this item to turn the AF Alternate Frequency feature ON or OFF e TA VOL TA VOL MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Adjusts the TA Traffic Announcement vol ume level according to normal audio vol ume level e REGION REGION MENU indication is possible with RDS MENU Selects whether REGION code is used ON or not OFF once the radio deter mines the AF jump condition If
264. n the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes A CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Driving your vehicle vu BRAKE GAA i RE OVF051041 Electric parking brake EPB Applying the parking brake To apply the EPB electric parking brake 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Pull up the EPB switch Make sure the warning light comes on Also the EPB is applied automatically if the Auto Hold button is on when the engine is turned off However if you keep pressing the EPB switch till the engine is turned off the EPB will not be applied NOTICE On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer if the vehicle does not stand still do as follows 1 Apply the EPB 2 Pull up the EPB
265. nce with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Gemcegees eee Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system fr
266. nction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly 1 minute and then remain continu ously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intend ed What to do in an emergency TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from function ing properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly NOTICE Take your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked if any of the below happens 1 The low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator and low tire pressure position telltale do not illuminate 2 The TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute 3 The Low tire pressure position telltale remains illuminated Low tire pressure tell tale U
267. ndshield fogs up set the mode to the or 4 position Gee 2 EEPE E Features of your vehicle Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just anead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age to the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the lowest temperature press the MAX A C posi tion se
268. ng harness Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km h 45 mph to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle A CAUTION e When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant tem perature gauge moves across the dial towards 130 H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently e You must decide driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possi bility of engine and transaxle overheating Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle Parking on hills However if you ever have to park your Generally if you have a trailer attached to trailer on a hill here is ho
269. nic Stability Program signal a warning will sound and a message will appear m Type A OVF051047 OVF051067 EPB malfunction indicator if equipped This warning light illuminates if the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is opera tion normally If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The EPB malfunction indicator may illu minate when the ESP indicator comes on to indicate that the ESP is not working properly but it does not indicate a mal function of the EPB CAUTION e The EPB warning light may illumi nate if the EPB switch operates abnormally Shut the engine off and turn it on again after a few minutes The warning light will go off and the EPB switch will oper ate normally However if the EPB warning light is still on have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up the EPB is not applied e If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on press the switch then pull it up Once more press it back to i
270. ning the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance e Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Continued Continued e Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident Driving your vehicle I
271. ning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape e To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system e During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic e Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air
272. njuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle It is recom mended that your chest is at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel Safety system of your vehicle AX WARNING Rear seatbacks e The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision e Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover e No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding Continued Continued e When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards A WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result
273. njury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident have an author ized HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Rearward facing child restraint system a _ f IT OVF031032 Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety rea sons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Safety system of your vehicle A WARNING WARNING Child seat Never place a rear facing child installation restraint in the front passenger e A child can be seriously injured seat because of the danger that an or killed in a collision if the child inflating passenger side air bag restraint is not properly anchored could impact the rear facing child to the vehicle and the
274. ns on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone m Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone 7 When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud DANAU Features of your vehicle E Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth cel lular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone users manual and press the button on the
275. nt wipe AUTO Auto control wipe 1 LO Low wiper speed 2 HI High wiper speed Intermittent control wipe time adjustment Wash with brief wipes front Rear wiper washer control BJZ ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe if equipped O OFF Off Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped Features of your vehicle Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON V MIST For a single wiping cycle move the lever to this V MIST position and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position O OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed 2 HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation n l Rain sensor p f es A en sensor XM049123 Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary th
276. ntinued Continued e If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD e Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device e Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files e Playing videos through the USB is not supported e Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble e If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio e Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable e Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided or sold separately is required to use the iPod e Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizabl
277. ntrol Folding the outside rearview mirror Electric type Manual type The electric remote control mirror switch To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the allows you to adjust the position of the housing of mirror and then fold it toward left and right outside rearview mirrors To the rear of the vehicle adjust the position of either mirror move the lever 1 to R Right or L Left to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to posi tion the selected mirror up down left or right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral center position to prevent inadver tent adjustment Features of your vehicle CAUTION In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure A OVF041037 Electric type To fold the outside rearview mirror press the button To unfold it press the button again A CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Speedometer 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights if equipped 6 Turn signal indicators 7 LCD display
278. ntrol the fan speed of the airflow in the vehicle To change the fan speed e Press the amp switch to increase fan speed e Press the switch to decrease fan speed To turn off the fan speed press the OFF button Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OVF041164 OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the 8 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the 48 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system on e f the windshield fogs up set the mode to the or 4 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position
279. nues to blink in spite of the procedure please visit an author ized HYUNDAI dealer and then check the DPF system If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Diesel engine If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light blinks some error related to the injection quantity adjustment occurs which could result in loss of engine power combustion noise and poor emission Have the Engine Control Sysiem inspected as soon as pos sible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Engine coolant tempera ture warning light if equipped E a The warning light illuminates if the tem perature of the engine coolant is above 120 3 C 248 5 4 F Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Glow indicator Diesel engine 00 The indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed at the ON posi tion The engine can be started after the preheat indicator light goes off The illu minating time varies with the water tem perature air temperature and battery condition NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet e
280. o be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the lenken off y Gs CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and crack releasing battery acid What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operat ing If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for col
281. o power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected 12 CD Indicator CD Player AC100 DFE AC110DFE When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator is lighted If the CD is ejected the light is turned off AS CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit Features of your vehicle NOTE 2 Folder playing order Order of playing files folders If no song file is contained in the 1 Song playing order to sequen folder that folder is not displayed IVF_AC600DFE_CDC tially 13 Button CD Changer RORI gt Fodera gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA AC600DFE AC610DFC _ Push button to load CDs to avail E Foicer gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA gt fren able CDC deck from 1 6 Push Pan D gt song ite button for more than 2 seconds to load ea into all available decks The last CD will Folder AA 6 play 10 seconds idle status will disable DO loading process DO PR EEE DO Folder ABB a Folder B Folder BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE e To use an external USB device make sure the dev
282. object is sensed within the distance of 60 cm 24 in in front and 6 2 mph l 100 cm 39 in behind the vehicle This e The sensing distance while backing up system is a supplemental system and it is approximately 100 cm 39 in when is not intended to nor does it replace the you are driving less than 10 km h 6 2 need for extreme care and attention of mph the driver A wee eee eee eed N Features of your vehicle e The sensing distance while moving for Type of warning indicator and sound ward is approximately 60 cm 24 in HB with Warning sound when you are driving less than 10 km h J without Warning sound 6 2 mph e When more than two objects are Warning indicator sensed at the same time the closest f Distance from object Warning sound one will be recognized first When driving When driving forward rearward NOTICE It may not operate if it s distance from Front H i the object is already less than approxi 100cm 61cm mately 25 cm when the system is ON Rear Z Buzzer beeps i intermittently Buzzer beeps Front f Kr frequently 60cm 31cm Rear _ Buzzer beeps frequently Front Buzzer sounds T t continuously 30cm Rear _ Buzzer sounds continuously NOTICE e The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration accord ing to objects or sensor status e Do not wash the vehicle s sensor with high pressure water Features
283. ollowing con dition before using the power tailgate Check if the shift lever is in e neutral for manual transaxle vehicles e P Park for automatic transaxle vehi cles the tailgate is near the latched position the automatic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance Features of your vehicle OVF041016 Power tailgate opening height user setting The driver may set the height of a fully opened tailgate by following the below instruction 1 Position the tailgate manually to the height you prefer 2 Press the tailgate close button for more than 3 seconds 3 Close the tailgate manually after hear ing the buzzer sound The tailgate will open to the height the driver has set up d r OVF041018 Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment The tailgate can be opened by doing as follows 1 Remove the cover 2 Push the release lever to the right 3 Push up the tailgate Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold an
284. om freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand shovel jumper cables wi
285. on When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle 3 is pulled inside the vehicle Features of your vehicle TAILGATE OVF041012 Non powered tailgate Opening the tailgate e The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter smart key or central door lock unlock switch e Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail gate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for approximately 1 second e f unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up e Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate locks automatically All doors must be locked NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving BOVF041013 Closing the tailgate Lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tail gate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may damage the tail gate s latch Features of your vehicle Ay WARNING Exhaust fumes If you drive with the tailgate Opened
286. on and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to pre heat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load run the engine on idle condition about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off A CAUTION Do not turn off the engine immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbo charger unit EPEE E ERE Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED OVF051001 IIluminated engine start stop but ton Whenever the front door is opened the engine start stop button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed It will also go off immediately when the theft alarm system is armed Engine start stop button position OFF White With manual transaxle To turn off the engine STA
287. on to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system which may increase the vehicle speed A CAUTION During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal Driving your vehicle OVF051013 OVF051070 Cruise control switch CANCEL Cancels cruise control opera tion CRUISE Turns cruise control sys tem on or off RES Resumes or increases cruise control speed SET Sets or decreases cruise control speed m Type B OVF051020 To set cruise control speed 1 Press the cruise CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the sys tem on The cruise indicator light will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph NOTICE Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after start ing the engine OVF051022 3 Move the lever down to SET and release it at the desired spe
288. ond 2 The hazard warning light will blink twice to indicate the tailgate is unlocked NOTICE e After unlocking the tailgate the tail gate will lock automatically unless it is opened within 30 seconds e Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automati cally e The word HOLD is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button Power tailgate 1 Press the tailgate unlock button for more than 1 second 2 The hazard warning light will blink and chime will sound twice to indicate the tailgate is unlocked and opened NOTICE e Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automati cally The word HOLD is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button Alarm 4 1 Press the alarm button for more than 0 5 second 2 The horn will sound and hazard warn ing light will sound for 30 seconds You can activate or deactivate the Alarm function in the vehicle Refer to User set ting in this section Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur The ignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 10 m 30 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter
289. ons e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation e Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery e Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F e Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Continued Maintenance C O Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance ay TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare shouid De a her tie ee OVF081002 tires are cold Cold Tires means the All specifications sizes and pres vehicle has not been driven for at Sures can be found on a label least three hours or driven less than attached to the vehicle 1 6 km 1 mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top
290. ontrol The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the airflow in the vehicle To change the fan speed e Turn the knob to the right to increase fan speed e Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed To turn off the fan speed press the OFF button Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle OVF041162 OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion CLIMATE OVF041163 Climate information screen selection for type B Press the climate information screen selection button to display climate infor mation on the screen System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system on e If the wi
291. ontrol Valve 1 2 Camshaft Position Sensor Intake Exhaust 35 10A SENSOR E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 1 D4FD E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 1 Diesel Box PTC Heater Relay 1 Lambda Sensor VGT Control Solenoid Valve G4FD Oxygen Sensor UP DOWN Variable Intake Solenoid Valve SENSOR Purge Control Solenoid Valve 1 GANA GANC Oxygen Sensor UP DOWN Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve D4FD Camshaft Position Sensor EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve Diesel Box Glow Relay 34 20A T 36 10A Maintenance No Symbol Relay Name Type 37 Lora C FAN LO RELAY PLUG MICRO 38 Hi C FAN HI RELAY PLUG MICRO 39 ESS ESS RELAY PLUG MICRO 40 amp BLOWER RELAY PLUG MICRO 41 ko HORN RELAY PLUG MICRO 4 IG2 42 PDM 4 IG2 RELAY PLUG MICRO 43 WwW FRONT WIPER RELAY PLUG MICRO aeRO PDM 2 ACC RELAY PLUG MICRO 44 z BURGLAR ALARM P HORN RELAY POS UNE 45 G START RELAY PLUG MICRO 3 IG1 46 PDM 3 IG1 RELAY PLUG MICRO RR 47 RRI RR HTD RELAY PLUG MINI 48 HAC HAC RELAY PLUG MICRO Maintenance Sa Engine compartment sub fuse panel Diesel Engine Circuit No Fuse Name Fuse rating Protected component 1 GLOW 80A Glow Relay 2 PTC HEATER 1 50A PTC Heater Relay 1 3 PTC HEATER 2 50A PTC Heater Relay 2 4 PTC HEATER 3 50A PTC Heater Relay 3 Relay Type No Relay Name Relay Type 1 Glow Relay MINI PLUG 2 PTC Heater Relay
292. oof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof con trol lever momentarily Features of your vehicle r OVF041029 Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OYF049215 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop T
293. oor panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance VM Interior care Interior general precautions Pre
294. open Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out Push to close Features of your vehicle E Front tray OVF041199 Luggage side tray Luggage side partition The luggage side tray can be used for storing small items NOTICE e To open the cover pull up the hande The luggage side partitions can be and lift the cover removed to store long items in the lug gage compartment OVF041198 Luggage tray You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri angle front tray tools etc in the box for easy access e Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it Features of your vehicle Rear seat floor pocket if equipped Se eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee Cee eee CC eee eee Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES CAUTION Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette Cigarette lighter if equipped lighter socket The use of plug in Ashtray if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the igni accessories shavers hand held To use the ashtray open the cover tion switch must be in the ACC position vacuums and coffee pots for To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out or the ON position example may damage the socket or To use the cigarette lighter cause electrical failure 1 Open the cover by pressing the switch 2 Push the lighter all the way into the socket When the element has heated
295. opped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle Moving up a steep grade from a stand A WARNING A WARNING ing start e Always buckle up In a collision If your vehicle becomes stuck in TO Move up a steep grade from a stand an unbelted occupant is signifi snow mud sand etc then you ing start depress the brake pedal shift cantly more likely to be seriously may attempt to rock the vehicle free the shift lever to D Drive Select the injured or killed th
296. or additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position EPB Electric Parking Brake malfunction indica tor EPB The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximate ly 3 seconds If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Also the EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESP indicator comes on to indicate that the ESP is not working properly but if this occurs it does not indicate the EPB has malfunctioned For more details refer to EPB in sec tion 5 Features of your vehicle AUTO HOLD indicator if equipped AUTO HOLD If you press the AUTO HOLD switch the AUTO HOLD indicator on the cluster comes on white And when you stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal the indicator changes from white to green If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator lights up yellow the AUTO HOLD is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked For more details refer to AUTO HOLD in section 5 Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON
297. or death e If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar and C pillars where side collision sen sors are installed Have the vehi cle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicles collision and air bag deployment performance Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags OED036096 Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety system of your vehicle OVF031061 OVF031073 Side impact and curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the
298. or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Maintenance S Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any acid detergent It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protectiv
299. ose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 5 to 1 km 0 3 to 0 6 miles to ensure safe mount ing Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 12 mm 0 47 in Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty Install tire chains only on the front tires Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accorda
300. ot legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use PEPE EN PEE Driving your vehicle A Chain installation CAUTION When installing chains follow the manu e Make sure the snow chains are facturer s instructions and mount them as the correct size and type for your tightly as you can Drive slowly with tires Incorrect snow chains can chains installed If you hear the chains cause damage to the vehicle body contacting the body or chassis stop and and suspension and may not be tighten them If they still make contact covered by your vehicle manufac slow down until it stops Remove the turer warranty Also the snow chains as soon as you begin driving on chain connecting hooks may be cleared roads damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come lo
301. ou of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS Safety system of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion e The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Safety system of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag ON indicator if equipped amp The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor illuminates for approximately 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag ON indica tor also comes on when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position and goes off after approxi mately 60 seconds Passenger s front air bag z OFF indicator if equipped Ki The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator also comes on when the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position A CAUTION If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch
302. our cluster displays the shift lever position transaxle do not accelerate the when the ignition switch is in the ON engine in R Reverse or any for position ward gear position with the brakes on P Park e When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Gee cheers cee Driving your vehicle R Reverse N Neutral Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transaxle are not backward engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking A brake or service brakes are applied A CAUTION PP Always come to a complete stop D Dri before shifting into or out of R Drive Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this manu al For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator pedal fully more than 80 until the kick down mechanism works CAUTION with a clicking noise at which time the The transaxle may be damaged if transaxle will automatically downshift to you shift into P Park while the t
303. out smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if you press the door lock but ton on the transmitter or smart key the lights will turn off immediately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and tail gate are locked and closed the room lamp and foot lamp if equipped will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock but ton the lamps will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this sec tion OVF041140 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while engine is running e To activate the rear window defroster press the rear win
304. owing with your car dur ing its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles in order to allow the engine to properly break in Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transaxle damage e When towing a trailer be sure to con sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit etc e Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph e On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower e The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight For Europe Engine Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine Gamma U2 1 7 Nu 2 0 1 6 Low U2 1 7 High Item M T A T M T M T M T A T Maximum Without brake 700 700 600 700 700 700 trailer weight System 1543 1543 1323 1543 1543 1543 With brake 1500 1500 1300 1500 1800 1500 kg Ibs System 3307 3307 2866 3307 3968 3307 Maximum permissible static i 70 70 60 80 80 70 vertical load on the coupling 154 154 132 176 176 154 paea Kg ibs 194 154 033 176 176 054 Recommended distance from rear wheel center to coupling 1180 46 4 point mm Inch Except Europe Engine Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine Nu 2 0 U2 1 7 Item M T A T M T M T Maximum Without brake 650 650 700 650 erah Ta T E IE kg Ibs With brake
305. p etc windshield from outside The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat To check the number open the cover ip _ The vehicle certification label attached on the driver s or front passenger s side center pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL m Gasoline engine 1 6L a OVF081002 OVF081003 OVF081004 OVF081005 The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications amp Consumer information E MARK LABEL FOR EUROPE IF EQUIPPED OMD080002 An E mark label is located on the driver s side center pillar The label certifies that your vehicle has satisfied the ECE Safety Environment regulation It con tains the following information e Country code e Regulation number e Regulation amendment number e Approval number Index A E Rr cleaner renne esc sate cath eer E EE EENE aS 7 51 Economical operation seeeeesesseeneeees 5 63 Airbag supplemental restraint system eetet 3 40 E mark labeliscisiseehesc
306. p lamp Luggage room lamp if equipped i Interior light bulb replacement Map lamp sunvisor lamp room lamp Type A luggage room lamp and glove box lamp 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out A WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF button is pressed to avoid burning your fin gers or receiving an electric shock 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings Room lamp Type B If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower
307. pedal more than approximately 80 until the kick down mechanism works with a clicking noise Then the set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit NOTICE Depressing the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50 the vehicle will not speed over the preset speed limit but maintain the vehicle speed within the speed limit e A clicking noise heard from the kick down mechanism by depressing the accelerator pedal fully is a normal condition D rivin 0 ur vehicle OVF051019 To turn off the speed limit con trol do one of the following e Press the speed limit amp button once again e Press the cruise switch If you press cruise switch the cruise system will turn on If you press the CANCEL switch once the set speed limit will cancel but it will not turn the system off If you wish to reset the speed limit move the lever up to RES or down to SET to the desired speed CAUTION The OFF indicator will blink if there is a problem with speed limit control system If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle J OvF051071 The Lane Keeping Assist System detects lane markers on the road and assists the driver s steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane it alerts the driver
308. position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side A CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry e To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually Features of your vehicle Headlight washer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the head light washer it will operate at the same time when you operate the windshield washer It will operate when the headlight switch is in the first or second position and the ignition switch or engine start stop button is in the ON position The washer fluid will be sprayed on to the headlights NOTICE Check the headlight wa
309. protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle E CD Player AC100DFE AC110DFE E CD Changer AC600DFE AC610DFE There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported VE _AC100DFE_EU VF_AC600DFE EU Features of your vehicle om AM 2 OIA CO AUX SEEK Track S VF_EU_RADIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 GG Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1 and FM2 when the button is pressed each time FM1 FM1 FMA 2 U Button Pressing the button selects the AM band AM Mode is displayed on the LCD AM AMA 3 Button TA Traffic announcement Channels in FM CD AUX mode turns on off the reception of TA channels of RDS Or 4 az Button e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station e When the
310. provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle SPEED LIMIT CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed If you drive over the preset speed limit the warning system operates set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit NOTICE While speed limit control is in opera tion the cruise control system cannot be activated OVF051012 Speed limit control switch CANCEL Cancels set speed limit By Turns speed limit control system on or off RES Resumes or increases speed limit control speed SET Sets or decreases speed limit con trol speed OVF051017 To set speed limit 1 Press the speed limit amp button on the steering wheel to turn the system on m Type A m Type B CF Loar OFF OVF051024 The speed limit indicator light will illumi nate o EPEAN EERE Driving your vehicle OVF051018 2 Move the lever down to SET 3 Move the lever up to RES or down to SET and release it at the desired speed Move the lever up to RES or down to SET and hold it The speed will increase or decrease by 5 km h 3 mph m Type A m Type B CJi nar 7Okm h OVF051025 The set speed limit will be displayed m Type B OVF051026 To drive over the preset speed limit you must depress hard on the accelerator
311. r or smart key may not work properly CAUTION Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehi cle OVF071023 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse box cover by press ing the tap and pulling up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely install the fuse box cover If not electrical failures may occur from water leaking in Maintenance NOTICE If the multi fuse or main fuse is blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OLM079025 Main fuse Multi fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture 3 Remove the fuse panel on the right above side in the engine compartment 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the A iea the nuts shown in the picture same rating apOVE 5 Reinstall in th d 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the
312. r normal driving conditions the ESP indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESP will oper ate and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is operating But if the ESP system malfunctions the indicator illuminates and stays on Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked ESP OFF indicator ee OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESP OFF mode press the ESP OFF button The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESP is deactivated Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurrs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in section 5 For vehicles equipped with instrument cluster type B the indicator illuminates on the LCD display NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning SPORT indicator if equipped SPORT The SPORT indicator light will illuminate when the SPOR
313. r or seek other qualified assistance W hat to do in an emergenc EMERGENCY STARTING m Engine compartment Jumper Cables a u Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Booster battery Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle A CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the 7 and that its negative terminal is grounded booster battery and let it run at 2 000 CAUTION AGM battery 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle rpm then start the engine of the vehi if equipped do not allow the vehicles to touch cle with the discharged battery e Absorbent Glass Matt AGM bat 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads If the cause of your battery discharging is teries are maintenance free and 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact not apparent you should have your veh
314. r when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you e Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NO
315. r which the air bag warning light should go out Safety system of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel in the front passenger s panel above the glove box and or in the driver s side knee bolster When the SRSCM detects a suf ficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety system of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag B240B05L A WARNING e Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder cassette holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates e When installing a container of l
316. ra tive e If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment e The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Continued Safety system of your vehicle Continued e Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold e A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident e Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Continued Continued e For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should alw
317. rail 3 Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES OVF041207 Mounting bracket for roof carrier To install or remove a roof carrier you can use the mounting bracket and cover on the roof When you install a roof carrier use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool flat blade driver into the slot and pry open the cover Pe OVF041208 2 After using the roof carrier install the cover back on the roof in the reverse order NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation A CAUTION e When carrying cargo on the roof take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle e When carrying large objects on the roof make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction DA OTA040097 Antenna Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals This antenna is a removable type To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclock
318. rature is below 30 C 22 F e Do not use the sealing compound after its expiration date which can be found on the label of the bottle e Keep away from children Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 168 x 150 x 68 mm 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in Sealant bottle 104 x 85 mm 4 1 x 3 3 in Compressor weight 1 05 kg 2 31 Ibs Sealant volume 300 ml 18 3 cu in NOTICE Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an author ized vehicle or tire dealer Empty sealing compound bottles may be disposed of at home Liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed of by your vehicle or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations O EPE EE EE What to do in an emergenc TOWING It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the OED066013 front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OED066012 OED066014 Towing service If emergency
319. rd or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side impact air bag covers could inter fere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the oper
320. re them properly O EPE ERE PE eal What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only A CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare
321. red position 3 OVF031012 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height HNF2041 1 Active headrest The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving back ward and thus helps minimize neck injuries Safety system of your vehicle OVF031014 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you press the switch the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows OFF gt HIGH 228 3 gt MIDDLE 258 T e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as
322. release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position Driving your vehicle Starting the engine NOTICE Kick down mecha nism If your vehicle is equipped with a kick down mechanism in the accelerator pedal it prevents you from driving at full throttle unintentionally by making the driver require increased effort to depress the accelerator pedal However if you depress the pedal more than approximately 80 the vehicle can be at full throttle and the accelerator pedal will be easier to depress This is not a malfunction but a normal condition Starting the gasoline engine 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator pedal Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depres
323. rfill If frequent coolant refill is required see an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling sys tem inspection Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage Ambient volume Temperature Antifreeze Water 15 C 5 F 35 65 25 C 13 F 40 60 35 C 31 F 50 50 45 C 49 F 60 40 Maintenance Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into OVF071007 engine parts such as generator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake fluid level Check the
324. rgency EMERGENCY COMMODITY IF EQUIPPED There are some emergency commodities in the vehicle to help you respond to the emergency situation Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher take the follow ing steps carefully 1 Pull the pin at the top of the extin guisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed 2 Aim the nozzle toward the base of the fire 3 Stand approximately 2 5 m 8 ft away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher If you release the handle the discharge will stop 4 Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire After the fire appears to be out watch it carefully since it may re ignite First aid kit There are some items such as scissors bandage and adhesive tape and etc in the kit to give first aid to an injured per son Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emer gencies such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any prob lems Tire pressure gauge If equipped Tires normally lose some air in day to day use and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tire but of nor mal wear Always check tire pressure when the tires are cold because tire pres sure increases with temperature To check the tire pressure take the fol lowing steps 1 Unscrew the infl
325. roperly due to freezing conditions EPEA APOR RE Features of your vehicle OVF041017 Automatic reversal During power opening and closing if the power tailgate is blocked by an object or part of the body the power tailgate will detect the resistance e If the resistance is detected while opening the tailgate it will stop and move in the opposite direction e Ifthe resistance is detected while clos ing the tailgate it will stop and move in the opposite direction However if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or soft or If the automatic reversal feature operates continuously more than twice during opening or closing operation the power tailgate may stop at that position At this time close the tailgate manually and operate the tailgate automatically again How to reset the power tailgate If the battery has been discharged or dis connected or if the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected for the power tailgate to operate normally reset the power tailgate as follow 1 Put the shift lever in P Park 2 Press the tailgate handle switch and tailgate close button at the same time for more than 3 seconds the chime will sound 3 Close the tailgate manually If the power tailgate does not work prop erly after the above procedure have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE If the power tailgate does not operate normally first check the f
326. rt stop button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Gece teSe ea Driving your vehicle START RUN NOTICE If you leave the engine start stop button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Not illuminated With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutch pedal and brake pedal then press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safe ty start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position NOTICE If you press the engine start stop button without depressing the clutch pedal for manual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal for automat ic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the engine start stop button changes as follow OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while starting the engine Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxl
327. s to confirm m Making a Phone Call e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say Name when prompted Say desired name voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected 6 Say Yes to confirm and make a call AUN Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name 2 Say Call lt john gt 3 Say Call lt john gt at lt home gt Features of your vehicle e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine 1 Press button 2 Say Call 3 Say Number when prompted 4 Say desired phone numbers 5 Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Dial Number 2 Say Dial lt digit gt m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press E3 button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME butto
328. s It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire one of the fol lowing will happen e The TPMS malfunction indicator may blink for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuous ly illuminated because the TPMS sensor is not mounted on the spare wheel changed tire equipped with a sensor not in the vehicle e The TPMS malfunction indicator will remain continuously illuminated while driving because the TPMS sensor is not mounted on the spare wheel changed tire equipped with a sensor in the vehicle O EPEE cere scan What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liqui
329. s seen Make this adjustment before you start driving OVF041034 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of vehi cles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automati cally controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into R Reverse the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle A CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liq uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing Features of your vehicle OVF041202 To operate the electric rearview mirror e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light wi
330. s are esti mated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced HID lighting components are more com plex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost Maintenance OVF071050 Headlight and front fog light aim ing Headlight aiming 1 Inflate the tires to the specified pres sure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver spare tire and tools 2 The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor 3 Draw vertical lines Vertical lines pass ing through respective head lamp cen ters and a horizontal line Horizontal line passing through center of head lamps on the screen 4 With the head lamp and battery in nor mal condition aim the head lamps so the brightest portion falls on the hori zontal and vertical lines 5 To aim the low beam left or right turn the driver 1 clockwise or counter clockwise To aim the low beam up or down turn the driver 2 clockwise or counterclockwise To aim the high beam up or down turn the
331. s low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protec tion if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Safety system of your vehicle Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection It is recommended that all seat belts be inspected periodically for wear or dam age of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach
332. s on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs Features of your vehicle Light on indicator a Ge The indicator illuminates when the tail lights or headlights are ON This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on For vehicles equipped with instrument cluster type B the indicator illuminates on the LCD display Low Beam Indicator Light if equipped Wii High beam indicator E This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position AFLS Adaptive Front Lighting System malfunction indicator if equipped If the AFLS malfunction indicator illumi nates the AFLS is not working properly Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine If the indicator contin uously remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked AFLS Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are ON This indicator illuminates when the rear fog lights are ON Rear fog light indicator if equipped Low washer fluid level res warning indicator This warning light indicates
333. s to inform the driv format er which door or tailgate is opened 1 Press the TIME button for more than 1second 2 Press the DISP button to switch from 12H to 24H or 24H to 12H 3 Press the TRIP button to select the time format you desire Useeieccelea Features of your vehicle Heated steering wheel ON OFF E Type B E Type A OVF041068 The indicator will appear when the heat ed steering wheel is turned on E Type A E Type B OVF041069 The indicator will appear when the heat ed steering wheel is turned off For more details refer to Steering wheel in section 4 Illumination intensity E Type A OVF041070 The illumination intensity of the instru ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch For more details refer to Instrument panel illumination in section 4 Parking assist warning E Type A H Type B OVF041071 Displays the area an obstacle is detected while moving forward or rearward For more details refer to Parking assist system in section 4 Features of your vehicle Low tire pressure if equipped H Type A H Type B OVF061012 The low tire pressure position telltale will appear when one or more of your tires are under inflated It will indicate the cor responding under inflated tire For more details refer to TPMS in sec tion 6 Turn on fuse switch mode switch H Type A E Type B Tum On
334. sen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs O EPE EEN PEPO ea What to do in an emergenc 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench OVF061009 counterclockwise Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible What to do in an emergency Whee
335. serve the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to elim inate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may dis turb recognizing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the com mand will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words m Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed by voice command or by man ual operation By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set up The system replies with available commands 1 Pair phone 2 Select phone 3 Delete phone 4 Change priority 5 Bluetooth off To skip the information message Press again and then a beep is heard PHONE Listening By Manual Operation 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Rotate the knob to move the cursor between items push the knob to select Phone 3 Rotate the knob to move the cursor between items and push the knob to select a desired item e Pairing phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered to the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions NOTE Once pairing with the phone is com ple
336. shers periodical ly to confirm that the washer fluid is being sprayed properly onto the head light lenses OAM049103N Rear window wiper and washer switch The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer QJ ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped O OFF Wiper is not in operation OXM049125 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever if equipped Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge Interior lamp AUTO cut e When all entrances are closed if you lock the vehicle by using the transmit ter or the smart key all interior lamp will be off within 5 seconds e If you do not operate anything in the vehicle after turning off the engine the lights will turn off after 20 minutes OVF041133 Map lamp Press the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on or off e XZ The map lamp and room lamp stays on at all times The map lamp and room lamp comes on when a door is opened The lamps go out after approximately 30 sec onds The map lamp and room lamp comes on for
337. shifters at the same time you cannot shift the gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Press the shift lock release button 2 Move the shift lever 3 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi ately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely st
338. sing the accelerator pedal CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine A CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle transaxle shift lever in Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N neutral position Place the P park Glow indicator light W 60 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to pre heat the engine Then the glow indicator light will illuminate 4 If the glow indicator light goes out turn the ignition switch to the START posi ti
339. sly please check the operation condition OVF051031 OVF051032 ISG system deactivation e If you wish to deactivate the ISG sys tem press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illumi nate and a message Auto Stop Off will appear on the LCD display e If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off ISG system malfunction The system may not operate when The ISG related sensors or system error occurs The following will happen e The yellow AUTO STOP A indica tor on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds Driving your vehicle m NOTICE e If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF button again or if the ISG system con tinuously does not work correctly please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible e When the ISG OFF button light comes on it may stop illuminating after driv ing your vehicle at approximately 80 km h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control below the 2nd position If the ISG OFF button light continues to illumi nate in spite of the procedure please contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Pleote Enable Batlery Sensor OVF051031 OVF051039 e The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate e A message Please Enable Battery Sensor will appear on the LCD display MAN
340. ss the button of the outside door handle 4 The hazard warning lights will blink once 5 Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle NOTICE The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside door handle e Even though you press the outside door handle button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur The smart key is in the vehicle The engine start stop button is in ACC or ON position Any door except the tailgate is opened Useeizeeeica Features of your vehicle Unlocking 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the button of the front outside door handle 3 All doors will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink twice NOTICE e The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside door handle e When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 m 28 in from the front outside door handle other peo ple can also open the doors e After unlocking all doors the doors will lock automatically unless a door is opened Tailgate unlocking 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the tailgate handle switch 3 When tailgate is locked the hazard warning lights will blink twice NOTICE e Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automati cally e The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from
341. starting Introduction S CAUTION Do not let any gasoline or water enter the tank This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be damaged and white smoke can be emitted Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7 biodiesel commonly known as B7 Diesel may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications EN stands for European Norm The use of biofu els exceeding 7 made from rapeseed methyl ester RME fatty acid methyl ester FAME vegetable oil methyl ester VME etc or mixing diesel exceeding 7 with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty A CAUTION e Never use any fuel whether diesel B7 biodiesel or otherwise that fails to meet the latest petro leum industry specification e Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recom mended or approved by the vehi cle manufacturer VEHICLE B
342. such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer A CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er vehicle warranty CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty m Type A OVF041213 OHG040009 Battery replacement A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the bat tery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer EPEE E E Features of your vehicle 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illustra tion 3 Insta
343. switch for more than 3 seconds CAUTION Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and endanger driving safety OVF051042 Releasing the parking brake To release the EPB electric parking brake press the EPB switch in the fol lowing condition e Have the ignition switch or engine start stop button in the ON position e Depress the brake pedal Make sure the brake warning light goes off Driving your vehicle To release EPB electric parking brake automatically e Shift lever in P Park With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P Park to R Rear or D Drive e Shift lever in N Neutral With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N Neutral to R Rear or D Drive e Manual transaxle vehicle 1 Start the engine 2 Fasten the driver s seat belt 3 Close the driver s door engine hood and tailgate 4 Depress the clutch pedal with the gear engaged 5 Depress the accelerator pedal while releasing the clutch pedal e Automatic transaxle vehicle 1 Start the engine 2 Fasten the driver s seat belt 3 Close the driver s door engine hood and tailgate 4 Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R Rear D Drive or Sports mode Make sure the brake warning light goes off NOTICE e For your safety you can engage the EPB even though the ignition swi
344. t belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the seat belt is fastened the chime will stop at once if equipped E Type B 1 Drivers seat belt warning light 2 Front passengers seat belt warning light PEPE EE E Safety system of your vehicle As a reminder to the driver and passenger the seatbelt warning light will blink or illu minate and warning chime will sound as follows e The seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regard less of belt fastening e The seat belt warning light will illumi nate if the belt is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON e The seat belt warning light will illumi nate if the belt is unfastened when the ignition switch is ON e If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9 km h 6 mph the illuminated warning light will start to blink or illuminate until you drive under 6 km h 3 mph e If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km h 12 mph the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink NOTICE e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel e Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 sec onds e The front passenger s seat belt warn ing may op
345. t operate have 1 Stop light the vehicle checked by an authorized 2 Rear turn signal light HYUNDAI dealer 3 Back up light 4 Tail light 5 Rear fog light if equipped OVF071038 Outside light Rear turn signal light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the tailgate 3 Remove the cover Maintenance 4 Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross tip screwdriver 5 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle E OVF071039 6 Remove the socket from the assembly Inside light by turning the socket counterclockwise 1 Turn off the engine until the tabs on the socket align with gt Open the tailgate the slots on the assembly 3 Remove the service cover using a flat 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by blade screwdriver pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance Biackeup light OVF071041 Back up light 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align wi
346. t operate the Smart Parking Assist System The system will attempt parallel parking Continued Continued 5 Parking in uneven road ys OLM041291 Parking in uneven roads the driver needs to properly apply the pedal clutch accelerator or brake If not the system may cancel when the vehicle slips or an accident may occur Continued Continued 6 Parking behind a truck OLM041274 An accident may occur when park ing behind a vehicle higher than yours For example bus truck etc Continued Features of your vehicle How the system works x NOTICE 1 Activate the Smart Parking Assist e Before activating the system check if System the conditions are possible to use the 2 Select parking assist mode system 3 Search for parking space slowly move For your safety always apply the forward brake pedal except for when driving 4 Search complete automatic search by sensor 5 Steering wheel control 1 Shift according to the instruction on the LCD display 2 Drive slowly with the brake pedal applied 6 Smart Parking Assist System com plete 7 If necessary manually adjust position of vehicle Features of your vehicle OVF041105 1 Activate Smart Parking Assist System e Press the Smart Parking Assist System button the button indicator will illuminate e The Parking Assist System will be acti vated the button indicator will illumi nate
347. t should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed e Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it A WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a
348. tanesenees 4 151 C F Child restraint system sssssssessessesseeseeseseeseeneeees 3 29 ied fillet liderren Seed a denise E 4 32 Climate control air filter cseeseeeceeeseeeeeeeseeseeeeneeesaes 7 53 Patel filteres is sacestecdeas resita in 7 50 Cruise control system eeettereretteeerstterersteeesssteeesssreeessseee 5 48 Fuel requirements etteeereteeeeretterersttersrseteesssteeesssreeesssteeens 1 2 D Fuses 7 71 Er a E A AE E toes 4 111 H Dimensions cek8s22cesecesadecsteseecnesdes tieuevsenscenedsoadesescted Garsersaee 8 2 Hazard warning flasher teeeetteeeretteeertttereseetseessreeesnetenn 4 95 Door lockscreen i isuri e ae ani i aeiae 4 15 PIO GCs r E E E E T 4 30 Driver position memory system PEPPE T T T 4 39 How to use this manual eeseesesesessesssssssssesssssesssesneesenesesese 1 2 Index If the engine does not SCALE errs eererree ete eeeeee ete eeeeeereteeeneeeeeteeeee 6 4 If the engine OVETNEALS 007 sssersansssancencscsseresncesensessssesesensese 6 7 If you have a flat tire with TireMobilityKit 6 21 If you have a flat tire Pree ee eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee 6 8 In case of an emergency while driving eeeereeeerereneee 6 3 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Instrument cluster eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 4 48 Instrument panel overview Serre reer eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee ee
349. tch or engine stop start button is in the OFF position but you cannot release it e For your safety depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle NOTICE Manual transaxle A vehicle towing a trailer on a hill or on an incline may slightly roll backwards when starting the vehicle To prevent the situation follow the below instructions 1 Depress the clutch pedal and select a gear 2 Keep pulling up the EPB switch 3 Depress the accelerator pedal and slowly release the clutch pedal 4 If the vehicle starts off with enough driving power release the EPB switch Do not follow the above procedure when driving on a flat level ground The vehi cle may suddenly move forward CAUTION e If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released have the sys tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied It may cause exces sive brake pad and brake rotor wear Driving your vehicle EPB electric parking brake may be automatically applied when e The EPB is overheated e Requested by other systems NOTICE If the driver turns the engine off by mis take while Auto Hold is operating EPB will be automatically applied Vehicle s equipped with Auto Hold E Type A E Type B Relecte Parking Brake Release Parking Brake OVF05104
350. ted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio sys tem refer Deleting Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up The system replies with available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Features of your vehicle 3 Say Pair Phone 4 Proceed at next step 5 Say the name of your phone when prompted Use any name to uniquely describe your phone Use Full name to voice tag Not use to short name or similar to voice command 6 Bluetooth system will repeat the name you stated 7 Say Yes to confirm 8 The audio displays searching ___ passkey 0000 and asks you to initiate pairing procedure from the phone 9 Search the Bluetooth system on your phone Your phone should display your vehicle model name on the Bluetooth device list Then attempt pairing on your phone 10 After Pairing is completed your phone will start to transfer phone con tact list to the audio system This process may take from a few minutes to over 10 minutes depend ing on the phone model and number of entries in the phone contact list By Manual Operation 1 Select Pai in PHONE menu then proceed from step5 Listening NOTE e Until the audio displays Transfer Complete Bluetooth hands free fea
351. tem will warn warning beep and blinking yellow lane the driver when the driver crosses the detected lane E Left lane g Right lane OVF051062 Warning e If you cross a lane the lane you cross will blink yellow on the LCD display with an audible warning e f the steering wheel appears the sys tem will control the vehicle s steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane E Left lane m Right lane OVF051063 e If all the conditions to activate LKAS is not satisfied the system will convert to LDWS and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers Driving your vehicle OVF051061 OVF051066 e f the driver takes one s hands off the If the driver still does not have one s steering wheel while the LKAS is acti hand on the steering wheel after sev 3 NOTICE vated the system will warn the driver eral seconds the system will be auto Eyen though the steering is assisted by after several seconds with a visual and matically cancelled the system the driver may control the audible warning steering i e The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not ei sale EEEE Driving your vehicle OVF051065 A message will appear on the LCD dis play if the condition to activate the LKAS is not satisfied Also an audible warning will be heard The warning will disappear when the conditions are met The system
352. ter e The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog heavy rain or heavy snow e The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct light e The lane is very wide or narrow e The lane marker is damaged or indis tinct Driving your vehicle The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip There is a mark similar to a lane marker There is a boundary structure The distance from vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead drives hiding the lane marker The vehicle shakes heavily The lane number increases or decreas es or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly Placing something on the dashboard Driving with the sun in front of you Driving in areas under construction The lane marker is more than two The lane marker in a tunnel is hard to distinguish due to dust or grease The lane marker is hard to distinguish after raining at night The lane marker is hard to distinguish due to dust OVF051064 LKAS malfunction e If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for 2 seconds with an audible warning If the problem continues the LKAS fail indicator will illuminate OVF051056 LKAS fail indicator The LKAS fail indicator yellow will illu minate with an audible warning if the LKAS is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI deal er and have the system checked aie ete ola Driving your vehicle When there is
353. ter filling is unimportant 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the TireMobilityKit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant Immediately drive approximately 3 km 2 miles to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 60 km h 35 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride dis turbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or tow ing Producing the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 3 km 2 miles stop at a suitable location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to 230 kPa 33 psi With the ignition switched on proceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor CAUTION If the inflation pressure is not maintained drive the vehicle a second time refer
354. th the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole Rear fog light 4 Remove the bulb socket from the assembly by turning the socket count er clockwise until the tabs on the sock et align with the slots on the assembly Install the new bulb socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Maintenance N OVF071043 OVF071042 High mounted stop light bulb License plate light bulb replace replacement if equipped ment If the light does not operate have the 1 Turn off the engine vehicle checked by an authorized 2 Loosen the retaining screws with a HYUNDAI dealer philips head screwdriver 3 Remove the bulb assembly by turning it counterclockwise 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 5 Install a new bulb 6 Reinstall the bulb assembly securely with the retaining screws Maintenance Ma
355. the chocks Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a_ trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it is a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Do not forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine When towing check transaxle fluid more frequently If your vehicle is not equipped with an air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Driving your vehicle If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control e Do not do any t
356. the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn sig nal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the cir cuit Features of your vehicle CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Rear fog light if equipped To turn on the rear fog lights do one of the following e Position the light switch in the headlight position and then turn on the rear fog light switch e Turn on the front fog light if equipped and then turn on the rear fog light switch Front fog light if equipped To turn the rear fog lights off do one of Sls the following Fog lights are used to provide improved f visibility when visibility is poor due to fog e Turn off the headlight switch rain or snow etc e Turn off the rear fog
357. the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 7 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 8 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise EEEN ER Maintenance ki OVF071058 Front fog light bulbs 1 Turn off the engine 2 Remove the under cover by rotating the screws 3 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 4 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 5 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 6 Install a new bulb socket into the hous ing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise 7 Connect the power connector to the socket Headlight HID type position light and dedicated lamp If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE HID lamps have superior performance vs halogen bulbs HID lamp
358. the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible aN a Sa a sy Sa Sa ste Features of your vehicle Parking brake amp brake fluid warning BRAKE Parking brake warning This light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have it towed to any authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear f
359. time If that is not possible or necessary then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle s handling The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESP Electronic Stability Program if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement if equipped A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A WARNING A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clear ance body to tire clearance snow chain clearance speedomet
360. tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle J OVF051009 Electronic stability program ESP The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is designed to stabilize the vehi cle during cornering maneuvers ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable spe
361. tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 With a full size spare tire if equipped em 5 5 gt _ gs e S2BLA790 Without a spare tire Se B G 5 5 S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped E gan E3 63 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Maintenance Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may
362. to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e A HYUNDAI accessory trailer hitch is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Driving your vehicle Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to your country s regulations and that it is prop erly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi mum allowed weight without trailer brakes then the trailer will also require its own brakes as well Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain t
363. to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants e For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps e Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued Safety system of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact colli sions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations colli sions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Continued e Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system e Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag e Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself e Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may
364. too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Continued continued Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth system or cellular service sta tions can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped Raises or lowers als button speaker volume 2 button Activates voice recognition 3 button Places or transfers a call 4 EEX button Rejects or ends a call m What is Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more informa tion visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from ce
365. tor Electronic power steering EPS system warning light g Shift pattern indicator ATi Speed limit indicator Lane Keeping Assistant System Turn signal indicator LAKS indicator Sport indicator i S ap Parking brake amp Brake fluid Light on indicator OO warning light Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Electric parking brake EPB malfunction indicator Engine oil pressure warning Low beam indicator light High beam indicator ane AUTO HOLD indicator Engine oil level warning light SLOL Lmt A 7A BABE cE kaad NSE Introduction Malfunction indicator E Engine coolant temperature Reg warning light Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only mai Charging system warning light Overspeed warning light EA E if equipped K For more detailed explanations refer to section 4 Instrument cluster Your vehicle at a glance 2 Instrument panel overview 2 2 Interior overview 2 4 Engine compartment 2 5 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW m Left Hand drive type K The actual shape may differ from the illustration OVF021002 Your vehicle at a glance 1 Seat warmer Air ventilation Seat 0 0 eeeeeeeereeeees 3 10 3 11 2 Front passenger s seat belt warning light cesses 3 19 3 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator 0 eeeeeeee 3 44 4 Drivers iront ainbag
366. towing is necessary we CAUTION recommend having it done by an author e Do not tow the vehicle backwards ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial with the front wheels on the tow truck service Proper lifting and tow ground as this may cause dam ing procedures are necessary to prevent age to the vehicle damage to the vehicle The use of wheel e Do not tow with sling type equip dollies or flatbed is recommended ment Use wheel ie m AUS For trailer towing guidelines information equipment refer to Trailer towing in section 5 When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OVF061013 Removable towing hook if equipped 1 Open the tailgate and remove the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use What to do in an emergenc Emergency towing ee OVF061015 If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service temebeceeeea What to do in an em
367. trol system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential problem has been detected somewhere in the emission control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion take your vehicle to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly A CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy CAUTION Gasoline engine If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspect ed as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Diesel engine if equipped with DPF When the malfunction indicator light blinks it may stop blinking after driving the vehicle at more than 60km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light conti
368. trol the force being delivered to the brakes oO wee eee eee eed a oO Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system W 78 A CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally e The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible A CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con
369. trument panel lights are ON Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instru ment panel this will ensure better auto light system control e Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation e If your vehicle has window tint or other types of coating on the OVF041121 front windshield the Auto light Headlight position 20 Auto light AFLS position system may not work properly When the light switch is in the headlight f equipped position the head tail position license When the light switch is in the AUTO light and instrument panel lights are ON position the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside NOTICE the vehicle The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights If your vehicle is equipped with the adap tive front lighting system AFLS it will also operate when the headlamp is ON Features of your vehicle Traffic change for Europe if equipped Use this function when you visit a coun try with opposite traffic direction Follow the below procedure 1 Stop the vehicle with the engine run ning 2 Change the switch from the park light 2002 position to the headlight position 20 10 times within 15 seconds 3 A beep sound will be heard 3 times to notify you t
370. ts etc A U Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle A WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud den stop Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops OVF031023 To fold down the rear seatback 1 Make sure the rear seat belt webbing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged EPE E PE Safety system of your vehicle 4S A _ OVF031021 2 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the 5 Pull on the seatback folding lever then 6 To use the rear seat lift and pull the V 022 pocket between the rear seatback and fold the seat toward the front of the seatback backward Pull the seatback cushion vehicle firmly until it clicks into place Make 3 Set the front seatback to the upright sure the seatback is locked in place position and if necessary slide the 7 Return the rear seat belt to
371. ts original position and pull it back up If the EPB warning does not go off have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Driving your vehicle Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving emergency braking is pos sible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating A CAUTION If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking have your vehicle checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer oa hate 2 St fees fe ol Driving your vehicle When the EPB electric parking AUTO HOLD if equipped brake is not released The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a If the EPB does not release normally standstill even though the brake pedal is take your vehicle to an authorized not depressed after the driver brings the HYUNDAI dealer by towing the vehicle vehicle to a complete stop by depressing and have the system checked the brake pedal OVF051048 Set up 1 With the driver s door engine hood and tailgate closed fasten the driver s seat belt or depress the brake pedal and then press the Auto Hold button The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position Driving your vehicle OVF051049
372. tton as the language could unintentionally change e Turning Bluetooth ON OFF Bluetooth system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth is disabled all the com mands related to Bluetooth system prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth ON or not By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Bluetooth Off after prompt 4 Say Yes to confirm By Manual Operation 1 Select BT Off in PHONE menu then after announcement say YES to con firm m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding Entry Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred e Adding Entry by Voice 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed 5 Say the name of the entry when prompted 6 Say Yes to confirm 7 Say the phone number of that entry when prompted 8 Say Store if phone number input is finished 9 Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available 10 Say Yes to complete adding entry 11 Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process Rw Features of your vehicle NOTICE The system ca
373. tton on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only operate at night At this time if you press the door unlock button again or door lock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle Smart cornering light While driving the corner for your sight and safety the smart cornering light turns on automatically The system will operate automatically as follows e When vehicle speed is under 10km h and steering wheel angle approximate ly 80 degrees e When vehicle speed is over 10km h and steering wheel angle approximate ly 35 degrees e When the vehicle is at a standstill e When moving rearwards with one of the above conditions satisfied the lights will light up the opposite direction e The smart corning light will operate only when the light switch is in the AUTO position Vehicles equipped with AFLS OVF041120 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Auto light position if equipped 3 Parking light position 4 Headlight position OVF041122 Parking light position 250 When the light switch is in the parking light position the tail position license and ins
374. ture may not be fully operational e Depending on the phone make and model the phone book contact list mat not transfer to the audio system NOTE If the phone is paired to two or more vehicles of the same model i e both vehicles are HYUNDAI i40 some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone from i40 to i401 and i402 Refer to your phone s User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time By Voice Command 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Select Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm Features of your vehicle By Manual Operation 1 Select Select in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Changing Priority When several phones are paired to the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously conne
375. tvcesececseznbitedes arae 8 10 Appearance Care e eeeeteereeteeeerrteererstteesssteeessstesesssreeessseee 7 99 Emergency commodity etteeeeetteeettttterrttterrsstteressrtersntteet 6 30 Audio system eeteeeerttereessreersrsreeesssstersssteeesssreeessreeeessen 4 153 Emergency starting oeeeeeetteeereetererstteesrsereresssteesssreeesssreeens 6 5 Automatic climate control system eetere 4 121 Emission control system sssssssssssssssesseesesseneeneese 7 105 Automatic transaxle ccresscccessecesseeeeeeecesneecesneeersneeeeeeaeeeees 5 22 Engine sssssssessssessessesseeseesssesseeseseesenseseesesssessesenssseensenseeans 8 2 Engine compartment seetteetttttersttterrettteerestteessteet 2 5 7 2 B Engine coolant see eeeeetterersttererseteresssterssserersssetersssreeesseeene 7 45 Battery s ssssssessssssssessessesseesseseseeseeseessesessssseseeseeseeseseeneenes 7 58 Engine number sssssssessessessesseseeseeseeseeseesenseseeseeneeseass 8 9 Before driving eeeeeerttereertttererrtteressstersssreeesssresessrreeesnreeees 5 3 Engine Oi s ssesesessesessesseesesseesessesseseeseeseeneenenseneesensees 7 44 Brake SSS 6 Re 5 29 Engine start stop putto Hes ectes anaes cede soncscsasscrnsssanecssesesnssozaes 5 8 Brake clutch fluid ertsssssssssusssuisesisssssisssussanissspuesusirsssussse 7 48 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items TA Bulb wattage PPE E VEEE PEN A EE TE A A E 8 3 Exterior features lt 2 lt s sencesensssssscaensnsecesensesssecs
376. ures of your vehicle A OVF041170 Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the AUTO mode is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates W AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follow Step 1 Operating the air conditioning Step 2 Outside air position Step 3 Blowing air flow toward the wind shield Step 4 Increasing air flow toward the windshield If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automatically acti vated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto defog ging status NOTICE If the A C off is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that the A C off can not be selected A CAUTION Do not remove t
377. used by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED E Type A P CAUTION Do not fold the key without press ing the release button This may damage the key Type B e To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key e To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard OVF041001 m Type B OVF041215 Remote keyless entry system operations Type A e To unfold the key press the release button then the key will unfold automat ically e To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button m Type A OVF041003 m Type B OVF041214 Lock 1 1 Close all doors engine hood and tail gate 2 Press the lock button 3 The hazard warning light will blink once to indicate that all doors are locked Features of your vehicle NOTICE The doors will not lock if any door is opened Unlock 2 1 Press the unlock button 2 The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked NOTICE After unlocking all doors the doors will lock automatically unless a door is opened within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 Non powered tailgate 1 Press the tailgate unlock button for more than 1 sec
378. utton for reducing tire inflation pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OEL069020 Components of the TireMobilityKit 0 Speed restriction label 3 Connectors and cable for the 1 Sealant bottle and label with power outlet direct connection speed restriction 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 5 Compressor wheel 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure What to do in an emergenc Using the TireMobilityKit 1 Filling the sealant Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure 1 Shake the sealant bottle 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor so that the bottle is upright OEL069019 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the ignition switched on Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inflation pressure of the tire af
379. valid or not If the key is valid the engine will start If the key is invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Change the engine start stop button to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Change the engine start stop button to the OFF position The immobilizer sys tem activates automatically Without a valid smart key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately not to have any malfunc tion after you receive your new vehicle CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch The engine may not start for the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from normally transmitting NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions ca
380. vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible dam age to t
381. vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also considerably adds wind resistance increasing the pulling require ments OVF061016 NOTICE Location of trailer mounting The mounting hole for hitches are locat ed on both sides of the underbody behind the rear tires Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure
382. vent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions that follow for the proper way to clean vinyl A CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shou
383. vice Passport provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er ale Peto E Maintenance WARNING Maintenance work e Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine while work ing under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry espe cially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose cloth ing before getting near the engine or cooling fans Engine compartment precautions Diesel engine e The injector operates at high voltage maximum 200v Therefore the follow ing accidents may occur Direct contact with the injector or injector wiring may cause electric shock or damage your muscle or nerve system The electromagnetic wave from the operating injector may cause the arti ficial heart pacemaker to malfunction e Follow the safety tips provided below when you are checking the engine room wh
384. w to do it your vehicle you should not park your 1 Pull the vehicle into the parking space vehicle on a hill People can be seriously Turn the steering wheel in the direction or fatally injured and both your vehicle of the curb right if headed down hill and the trailer can be damaged if unex left if headed up hill pectedly roll down hill 2 If the vehicle has a manual transaxle place the car in neutral If the vehicle has an automatic transaxle place the car in P Park 3 Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle 4 Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store
385. weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After the periods or distance shown in the chart continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals n EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any dam
386. wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehi cle cannot roll Then release the park ing brake e Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A E Type B 1 OVF051028 2 E Type A OVF051029 1 Cruise indicator 2 Cruise set indicator The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph A WARNING e If the cruise control is left on cruise indicator light is illuminat ed the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed e Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attenti
387. will be cancelled when Vehicle speed is below 60 km h 37 3 mph and over 150 km h 93 2 mph Only one lane is detected Always turn on the turn signal to change lanes If you change lanes without the turn signal on the steering wheel might be controlled The hazard warning light is on The width of the lane is below 2 7 m and over 4 5 m ESP Electronic Stability Program and VSM Vehicle stability management are activated When the system is on or after chang ing a lane drive in the middle of the lane If not the system will not provide the steering assist function The steering will not be assisted when you drive fast on a sharp curve The steering will not be assisted when you change lanes fast The steering will not be assisted when you brake suddenly DRIVER S ATTENTION The driver must be cautious in the below situations for the system may not assist the driver and may not work properly e The lane is not visible due to snow rain stain a puddle or many other things e The brightness of the outside changes suddenly such as passing through a tunnel e Not turning on the headlight or the light is weak even at night or in a tun nel e Difficult to distinguish the color of the lane maker from the road e Driving on a steep grade or a curve e Light reflects from the water on the road such as sunlight streetlight or the light of oncoming vehicles e The lens or windshield is stained with foreign mat
388. will help you maintain a safe speed e Do not ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents e If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place e If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle do not let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creep ing forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped e Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Driving your vehicle e Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are
389. wise If not the antenna may be damaged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep tion But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception Features of your vehicle OVF041183 Audio remote control if equipped The steering wheel audio remote control button is installed to promote safe driv ing CAUTION Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously MODE 1 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc VOL 2 e Push up the lever to increase volume e Push down the lever to decrease vol ume SEEK 3 If the SEEK button is pressed for 0 8 sec ond or more it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following
390. witch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e With smart key system If the system is not disarmed with the smart key open the door with the mechanical key and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS OVF041209 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle Mechanical key To remove the cover 1 Pull out the door handle 1 2 Press the lever A located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat head screwdriver 2 3 Push out the cover while pressing the lever e After removing the cover turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock 3 e If you lock unlock the driver s door with a key only the drivers door will lock unlock e Once the door is unlocked it may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely Transmitter Smart key e Doors can be locked and unlocked with the transm
391. with ISOFIX system and Tether Anchorage system if equipped ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit ting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle This enables a much more secure and posi tive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation An ISOFIX seat may only be installed if it has vehicle specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements of ECE R 44 3K ISOFIX International Standards Origanisation FIX ISOFIX Anchor Position Indicator ce OVF031035 There are ISOFIX symbols located on the lower portion of each side of the rear seatbacks These symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped OVF031036 Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top tether anchorage on the floor behind the rear seats The ISOFIX anchorages are located between seat cushion and backrest marked with the ISOFIX icon For installation CRS ISOFIX connecters have to engage with the vehicles ISOFIX anchorages listen for a CLICK check potential visual indicators on the CRS and cross check by pulling CRS with universal approval to ECE R 44 need to be fixed additionally with a top tether strap connected to the correspon ding top tether anchorage point on the floor behind the rear seats PEPE EPEA Safety system of your vehicl
392. without the driver s any actions if the following occurs The fan speed of manual climate con trol system is set above the 3rd position when the air conditioning is on The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position when the air conditioning is on When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control system on When the defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 5 km h 3 mph E Type A Auto Start OVF051034 The green AUTO STOP A indicator on the instrument cluster will blink for 5 seconds and a message Auto Start will appear on the LCD display Condition of ISG system opera tion The ISG system will operate under the following condition The driver s seat belt is fastened The drivers door and engine hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is between 2 C to 35 C 28 4 F to 95 F The engine coolant temperature is not too low Driving your vehicle Auto Stop Deoctivated OVF051031 OVF051036 NOTICE e If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message Auto Stop Deactivated will appear on the LCD display e If the light or notice comes on contin uou
393. y Control Module Maintenance 34 10A Sy S HEATER RR Rear Seat Warmer Modul LH RH 35 7 5A MEMORY 2 MEMORY 2 RF Receiver 36 10A O PDM 1 Smart Key Control Module W O Button Start E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 8 37 7 5A O START Ignition Lock Switch Transaxle Range Switch With Button Start ECM PCM Transaxle Range Switch 38 20A ca SUNROOF _ Panorama Sunroof Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Fuse rating Protected component il 80A MDPS EPS Control Module B 1 I P Junction Box IPS 0 4CH IPS 1 4CH IPS 2 2CH 2 SA Fuse F13 F14 F19 F20 F21 F26 F36 3 40A i ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector 4 40A ESP Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector MULTI a FUSE 5 40A T RLY 9 Start Relay Ignition Switch W O Button Start p RLY 6 PDM 4 IG2 Relay With Button Start 6 40A 89 RLY 4 Blower Relay if 40A nis RLY 11 Rear Defogger Relay 8 60A e e I P Junction Box IPS 3 4CH IPS 4 4CH Fuse F2 F7 F9 F15 9 30A AMP DC DC Converter AMP 10 30A EPB1 Electric Parking Brake Module FUSE 11 30A EPB2 Electric Parking Brake Module 40A GSL 12 50A DSL x RLY 1 C FAN LO Relay RLY 2 C FAN HI Relay 13 15A w ICM Relay Box Front Deicer Relay Maintenance No Fuse rating Symbol Protected component 14 15A oS RLY 5 Horn Relay ICM
394. your vehicle VF_EU_iPod 7 amp Knob When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH CELLULAR PHONE e Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone while driving e Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system e Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions e The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related features e You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is

Hyundai VF Owner`s manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents